WO2017177926A1 - Data transmission processing method and apparatus - Google Patents

Data transmission processing method and apparatus Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2017177926A1
WO2017177926A1 PCT/CN2017/080294 CN2017080294W WO2017177926A1 WO 2017177926 A1 WO2017177926 A1 WO 2017177926A1 CN 2017080294 W CN2017080294 W CN 2017080294W WO 2017177926 A1 WO2017177926 A1 WO 2017177926A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
data
packet
bits
check
bit
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2017/080294
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
李立广
徐俊
许进
Original Assignee
中兴通讯股份有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 中兴通讯股份有限公司 filed Critical 中兴通讯股份有限公司
Publication of WO2017177926A1 publication Critical patent/WO2017177926A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L1/00Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L1/00Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received
    • H04L1/12Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel
    • H04L1/16Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel in which the return channel carries supervisory signals, e.g. repetition request signals
    • H04L1/18Automatic repetition systems, e.g. Van Duuren systems
    • H04L1/1806Go-back-N protocols
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L1/00Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received
    • H04L1/004Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using forward error control
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L1/00Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received
    • H04L1/12Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel
    • H04L1/16Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel in which the return channel carries supervisory signals, e.g. repetition request signals
    • H04L1/18Automatic repetition systems, e.g. Van Duuren systems
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L1/00Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received
    • H04L1/12Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel
    • H04L1/16Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel in which the return channel carries supervisory signals, e.g. repetition request signals
    • H04L1/18Automatic repetition systems, e.g. Van Duuren systems
    • H04L1/1812Hybrid protocols; Hybrid automatic repeat request [HARQ]

Definitions

  • the present application relates to, but is not limited to, the field of communications, and in particular, to a data transmission processing method and apparatus.
  • a transmitting end and a receiving end there are two major parts, a transmitting end and a receiving end, wherein the general transmitting end includes an information source module, a channel encoding module, a modulation module, and a transmitting module, and the receiving end includes a receiving signal module and a demodulating module. , channel decoding module and acquiring source data module.
  • channel coding is a key module, mainly to improve the reliability of data transmission, and to correct the errors in the transmission process by increasing the redundant information of the channel coding codeword, so as to resist the fading in the channel. And the impact of various noises on the transmitted data.
  • More commonly used channel coding techniques such as LDPC (Low Density Parity Check Code), Turbo (turbo) coding, convolutional coding, RM (Reed and Muller initials) encoding, RS (Reed) - and Solomon, Reed Solomon code, BCH (BCH code is taken from the initials of three names such as Bose, Ray-Chaudhuri and Hocquenghem).
  • LDPC Low Density Parity Check Code
  • Turbo turbo
  • convolutional coding convolutional coding
  • RM Random and Muller initials
  • RS Rastere- and Reed Solomon code
  • BCH BCH code is taken from the initials of three names such as Bose, Ray-Chaudhuri and Hocquenghem.
  • BCH BCH code is taken from the initials of three names such as Bose, Ray-Chaudhuri and Hocquenghem.
  • the check matrix of LDPC is very sparse, so the decoding complexity is not high, and it has natural
  • LDPC coding The method has been used in a variety of communication systems; Turbo coding encodes information by two component codes, and iterative decoding using two-part component codes can improve decoding performance, and performance is very good at low and medium bit rates, and codes
  • the rate and code length can be flexibly set, and it is well adapted to various communication data.
  • the Turbo coding method is mainly adopted; the current coding output of the convolutional coding is not only current Information related and Some of the previous information is related, similar to convolution characteristics, the decoding effect is better, and it is also used in many systems;
  • RS coding is a shortest code distance maximization code, and decoding can be pipelined decoding.
  • the code speed is high and the throughput is high.
  • the data packet or the codeword information block needs to be verified, that is, some check sequence is added, such as Cyclic Redundancy Check (CRC).
  • CRC Cyclic Redundancy Check
  • HARQ Hybrid Automatic Repeat ReQuest
  • FEC Forward Error Correction
  • ARQ Automatic Repeat Request
  • CRC cyclic redundancy check
  • the receiving end performs channel decoding and CRC check on the received data, and discards the data of the erroneous packet if there is an error, and feeds back NACK (Negative Acknowledgement) information to the transmitting end to request retransmission of the same data packet as the previous frame.
  • NACK Negative Acknowledgement
  • the physical layer sets a limit on the maximum number of retransmissions to prevent a user's data packets from being continuously retransmitted due to long-term bad slow fading of the channel, thereby wasting channel resources.
  • the receiving end If the maximum number of retransmissions is reached, the receiving end still cannot correctly decode, then the packet transmission error is determined and the packet is discarded, and then the transmitting end is notified to send a new data packet.
  • the receiving end performs combined decoding every time, and combines all the bits received before to form a codeword with a lower code rate, thereby obtaining a larger coding gain and achieving the purpose of increasing redundancy.
  • the retransmission mechanism of the multi-state feedback information that is, the number of bits of the retransmitted data is indicated by the feedback information, because the multi-state feedback information not only carries the information of the correctness of the receiving end, but also carries some channel-related information.
  • the information allows for a more flexible configuration of the number of bits of the retransmitted data and the Modulation Code Scheme (MCS).
  • MCS Modulation Code Scheme
  • the present application provides a data transmission processing method and apparatus, which can improve the throughput and efficiency of the communication system.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a data transmission processing method, which is used by a sending end, and includes:
  • the first method comprises: dividing a next source data packet to obtain a plurality of sub-blocks, adding a CRC sequence to the plurality of sub-blocks, and performing channel coding on the sub-blocks after adding the CRC sequence to obtain multiple channel coding.
  • Manner 2 determining a number of retransmitted data bits, selecting the retransmitted data from the first data set according to the number of retransmitted data bits, or selecting the retransmitted data from the first data set and the second data set;
  • the first data set includes at least a bit set of a check packet system bit;
  • the second data set includes at least a bit set of original packet check bits;
  • the original packet includes a plurality of data packets, the check The packet is obtained by packet encoding the original packet.
  • the processing is performed in the second mode.
  • the retransmission data is selected from the first data set; wherein N0 is a positive integer.
  • performing packet encoding on the original packet to obtain a verification packet includes:
  • Performing check coding on a bit set formed by E bits of the same index of the E packets included in the original packet, and obtaining n check sets having a length of e bits, where the index in the n check sets is i n bits constitute an ith sub-check packet, i 0, 1, ..., (e-1), obtain an e-sub-check packet, the check packet includes the e-sub-check packet, where E is The number of data packets in the original packet, n is the number of data packet bits in the original packet, and e is an integer greater than 0, and the check coding adopts one of the following coding modes: single parity coding, BCH coding, RM coding, RS coding.
  • the check packet when the check code employs a single parity code, the check packet includes 1 sub-check packet.
  • the first set of data includes one of: verifying all bits of the packet, all system bits of the check packet.
  • the second set of data includes one of: all check bits of the original packet, all bits of the original packet, all check bits of the original packet, and all check bits of the check packet.
  • the N0 is T times the number of bits of any one of the first pass data or T times the number of bits of any one of the check packets in the check packet, where T is a positive integer.
  • the retransmission data is selected from the first data set and the second data set, and each sub-school in the retransmitted data is determined according to at least one of the following: The number of bits of the packet and the number of bits per packet: the total number of bits of the first transmission data, the number of packets in the original packet, the number of bits of any packet in the original packet, the total number of bits of retransmitted data, the modulation order, Retransmit the number of data resources; where N0 is a positive integer.
  • a total number of bits of the plurality of sub-check packets in the retransmission data is equal to a difference between a total number of bits of the first transmission data and a total number of bits of all the plurality of data packets in the retransmission data; Or equal to a difference between a product of the number of retransmitted resources and the modulation order and a total number of bits of all the plurality of data packets in the retransmitted data; or equal to a total number of bits of the retransmitted data and the Retransmits the difference in the total number of bits of all packets in the data.
  • the number of retransmitted data bits includes at least one of: a product of a number of retransmission resources and a modulation order; a total number of bits of the first transmission data; and a preset positive integer.
  • the number of retransmitted data bits is greater than or equal to the number of bits of any one of the first transmission data and is less than or equal to the total amount of the first transmission data. An integer of the number.
  • the feedback information includes at least two error states, which are used to indicate that the number of retransmitted data bits is respectively: the total number of bits of the first transmission data, and the number of bits of any one of the first transmission data.
  • the determining the number of retransmitted data bits may include:
  • Determining, according to the feedback information, a number of retransmitted data bits from a preset retransmission data bit number set, where the preset retransmission data bit number set includes a elements, and the i-1th element value is smaller than the i th element value, i 2,...,(a-1), a is an integer greater than one.
  • the second element value is equal to the number of bits of any one of the first transmission data.
  • the ⁇ D is equal to a positive integer power of 2, or is equal to Z times the number of bits of any one of the first transmission data, where Z is an integer greater than zero.
  • the preset retransmission data bit number set includes at least one element whose element value is equal to 0.
  • the second element value is greater than or equal to the number of bits of any one of the first transmission data, and the tail element value is greater than or equal to the total transmission data. The number of bits.
  • the processing is performed in the first mode.
  • the original packet includes an E-packet, wherein the j-th packet includes a Cj-coded channel coding block; and the original packet check bit is all channel coding blocks in the original packet.
  • Check bit the check packet system bit is the original packet system bit for packet encoding
  • the channel coding is one of the following coding methods: turbo coding, LDPC coding, convolutional coding, and Polar coding.
  • the embodiment of the present application further provides a data transmission processing method, which is used by the receiving end, and includes:
  • the first method comprises: dividing a next source data packet to obtain a plurality of sub-blocks, adding a CRC sequence to the plurality of sub-blocks, and performing channel coding on the sub-blocks after adding the CRC sequence to obtain multiple channel coding.
  • Manner 2 determining a number of retransmitted data bits, selecting the retransmitted data from the first data set according to the number of retransmitted data bits, or selecting the retransmitted data from the first data set and the second data set;
  • the first data set includes at least a bit set of a check packet system bit;
  • the second data set includes at least a bit set of original packet check bits;
  • the original packet includes a plurality of data packets, the check The packet is obtained by packet encoding the original packet.
  • the feedback information is used to indicate that the sending end performs data processing according to mode one or mode two; if the decoding result is correct, the feedback information is used to indicate The sender performs data processing in accordance with mode one.
  • the feedback information 0 is sent to indicate that the transmitting end performs processing according to mode one; and the received transmission data error block rate is not 0, if the received transmission data error block rate is greater than T(i-1) and less than or equal to Ti, the feedback information i is sent to indicate that the number of retransmitted data bits is equal to Di; wherein Ti is a preset threshold The i-th element of the set T, and T(i-1) ⁇ Ti, the feedback information i is the i-th element in the preset feedback information set, and Di is the i-th element in the set D of the preset retransmission data bits.
  • Di is an integer greater than 0, and D(i-1) ⁇ Di;
  • the preset threshold set T includes a elements and wherein the first and last element values are equal to 0 and 1, respectively, and the preset feedback information set includes a elements, Set the number of retransmitted data bits Including a element, a is an integer greater than 1, and the error block rate is a ratio of the number of all error blocks in the received Q share transmission data to the number of all channel coding blocks in the received Q share transmission data, where Q is a positive integer.
  • the second element value D1 is equal to the number of bits of any one of the first transmission data, and D(a-1) is greater than or equal to the first The total number of bits of data transmitted.
  • the embodiment of the present application further provides a data transmission processing device, which is disposed at the sending end, and includes:
  • the first receiving module is configured to receive feedback information of the receiving end
  • the first data processing module includes: a dividing unit configured to split the source data packet to obtain a plurality of sub-data blocks; and adding a unit, configured to add a CRC sequence to the plurality of sub-data blocks respectively; and the channel coding unit is set as a pair The sub-blocks after adding the CRC sequence are respectively subjected to channel coding to obtain an original packet composed of a plurality of channel coding blocks; the packet coding unit is configured to perform packet coding on the original packet to obtain a parity packet; the first bit selection unit, Setting to perform bit selection on the plurality of channel coding blocks and check packets to obtain first transmission data;
  • Retransmitting the data processing module comprising: a determining unit, configured to determine a number of retransmitted data bits; and a second bit selecting unit configured to select the retransmitted data from the first data set according to the number of retransmitted data bits, or Selecting the retransmitted data from the first data set and the second data set;
  • the first data set includes at least a bit set of a check packet system bit; the second data set includes at least a bit set of original packet check bits; the original packet includes a plurality of data packets, the check The packet is obtained by packet encoding the original packet.
  • the second bit selection unit is further configured to select the retransmission data from the first data set when the number of retransmitted data bits is less than or equal to N0; wherein N0 is positive Integer.
  • the retransmission data processing module further includes a packet encoding unit; the packet encoding unit includes: a check encoding subunit and a check packet acquiring subunit;
  • the check coding subunit is configured to perform check coding on a bit set formed by E bits of the same index of the E packets included in the original packet, to obtain n check sets having a length of e bits;
  • a verification packet wherein the verification packet includes the e-sub-check packet, where E is the number of data packets in the original packet, n is the number of data packet bits in the original packet, and e is greater than 0.
  • the check coding adopts one of the following coding methods: single parity coding, BCH coding, RM coding, and RS coding.
  • the second bit selecting unit is further configured to: when the number of retransmitted data bits is greater than N0, select the retransmitted data from the first data set and the second data set, according to the following At least one of determining the number of bits per sub-check packet in the retransmitted data and the number of bits per packet: the total number of bits of the first transmitted data, the number of packets in the original packet, the number of bits of any packet in the original packet, The total number of bits of the data, the modulation order, and the number of retransmitted data resources are retransmitted; wherein N0 is a positive integer.
  • the number of retransmitted data bits is greater than or equal to the number of bits of any one of the first transmission data and is less than or equal to the total bit of the first transmission data. An integer of the number.
  • the embodiment of the present application further provides a data transmission processing device, which is disposed at the receiving end, and includes:
  • a second receiving module configured to receive transmission data of the transmitting end and perform decoding
  • the feedback module is configured to send feedback information to the sending end according to the decoding result, where the feedback information is used to instruct the sending end to process in one of the following manners:
  • Method 1 segmenting the next source data packet to obtain a plurality of sub-data blocks, and the plurality of sub-data blocks Adding a CRC sequence to the data block, performing channel coding on the sub-blocks after adding the CRC sequence to obtain an original packet composed of a plurality of channel coding blocks, and performing packet coding on the original packet to obtain a verification packet, where Multiple channel coding blocks and check packets are bit-selected to obtain first-pass data;
  • Manner 2 determining a number of retransmitted data bits, selecting the retransmitted data from the first data set according to the number of retransmitted data bits, or selecting the retransmitted data from the first data set and the second data set;
  • the first data set includes at least a bit set of a check packet system bit;
  • the second data set includes at least a bit set of original packet check bits;
  • the original packet includes a plurality of data packets, the check The packet is obtained by packet encoding the original packet.
  • the feedback information is used to indicate that the sending end performs data processing according to mode one or mode two; if the decoding result is correct, the feedback information is used to indicate The sender performs data processing in accordance with mode one.
  • the feedback module is further configured to: if the received transmission data error block rate is equal to 0, send feedback information 0, to indicate that the sending end performs processing according to mode one; If the received data error block rate is not 0, if the received transmission data error block rate is greater than T(i-1) and less than or equal to Ti, the feedback information i is sent to indicate that the number of retransmitted data bits is equal to Di; where Ti is the i-th element of the preset threshold set T, and T(i-1) ⁇ Ti, the feedback information i is the i-th element in the preset feedback information set, and Di is the preset retransmission data bit The i-th element of the number set D, Di is an integer greater than 0, and D(i-1) ⁇ Di; the preset threshold set T includes a elements and wherein the first and last element values are equal to 0 and 1, respectively, The feedback information set includes a elements, the preset retransmission data bit number set includes a elements, a is an integer greater than 1, and the
  • the embodiment of the present application further provides a data transmission processing method, which is used by the sending end, and includes:
  • the first data set includes at least a bit set of a check packet system bit;
  • the two data sets include at least a bit set of original packet check bits;
  • the original packet includes a plurality of data packets, and the check packet is obtained by performing packet encoding on the original packet.
  • the method may further include: when the feedback information of the receiving end indicates that the data is received correctly, or when the feedback information of the receiving end indicates the receiving error, segmenting the next source data packet to obtain a plurality of sub-data blocks, Adding a cyclic redundancy check CRC sequence to the plurality of sub-blocks, performing channel coding on the sub-blocks after adding the CRC sequence to obtain an original packet composed of a plurality of channel coding blocks, and performing the original packet
  • the packet coding obtains a verification packet, and performs bit selection on the plurality of channel coding blocks and the verification packet to obtain first transmission data.
  • the foregoing method may further include:
  • the first pass data obtained by the transmission is the first pass data obtained by the transmission.
  • the retransmission data is selected from the first data set
  • the retransmission data is selected from the first data set and the second data set, and the number of bits and each bit of each sub-check packet in the retransmitted data is determined according to at least one of the following: Number of bits of the data packet: the total number of bits of the first transmission data, the number of data packets in the original packet, the number of bits of any data packet in the original packet, the total number of bits of retransmitted data, the modulation order, and the number of retransmitted data resources; , N0 is a positive integer.
  • the embodiment of the present application further provides a terminal, including a processor and a machine readable medium, where the machine readable medium stores instructions, when the instructions are executed by the processor, implementing the first aspect and the second aspect. Aspect or the data transmission processing method of the fifth aspect.
  • the embodiment of the present application further provides a machine readable medium having stored thereon instructions for implementing the data transmission processing method of the first aspect, the second aspect or the fifth aspect when the instruction is executed by the processor.
  • the present application has the following beneficial effects:
  • the present application can improve system throughput and enhance the robustness of data transmission.
  • Embodiment 1 is a flowchart of a data transmission processing method of Embodiment 5 according to a related aspect of the present application;
  • Embodiment 2 is a diagram showing an example of packet encoding of Embodiment 1 according to a related aspect of the present application;
  • FIG. 3 is a diagram showing an example of a system/check bit and a system/check bit in a check packet in the original packet according to Embodiment 1 of the present application;
  • Embodiment 4 is a schematic structural diagram of a data transmission processing apparatus of Embodiment 2 according to related aspects of the present application;
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic structural diagram of a retransmission data processing module of Embodiment 2 according to related aspects of the present application;
  • FIG. 6 is a flowchart of a first pass data processing method of Embodiment 3 according to related aspects of the present application;
  • Example 7 is a communication link diagram of a base station and an in-vehicle system of Example 1 according to related aspects of the present application;
  • Example 8 is a diagram showing an example of an original packet and a verification packet of Example 1 provided in accordance with related aspects of the present application;
  • Example 9 is a diagram showing an example of throughput performance in Example 1 provided in accordance with related aspects of the present application.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic structural diagram of a turbo encoder having a code rate of 1/3 in an LTE system
  • 11 is a rate matching diagram of a turbo coded output codeword bit sequence in an LTE system
  • Example 12 is a diagram showing an example of convolutional coding in Example 6 provided in accordance with related aspects of the present application.
  • FIG. 13 is a diagram showing an example of bit selection in Embodiment 1 according to related aspects of the present application.
  • FIG. 14 is a diagram showing an example of data hybrid retransmission processing for a receiving end in Embodiment 4 according to a related aspect of the present application;
  • Example 15 is a diagram showing an example of packet encoding of a transmitting end in Example 5 according to related aspects of the present application;
  • Example 16 is a diagram showing an example of bit selection by retransmission version in Example 5 according to related aspects of the present application.
  • Example 17 is a diagram showing an example of performing sequential bit selection in Example 5 according to related aspects of the present application.
  • FIG. 18 is a flowchart of a data transmission processing method of Embodiment 1 according to related aspects of the present application.
  • Embodiment 19 is a diagram showing an example of first pass data of Embodiment 5 provided in accordance with related aspects of the present application.
  • Example 20 is an example of a polarization encoding method of Example 6 provided in accordance with related aspects of the present application.
  • FIG. 18 is a flowchart of a data transmission processing method according to an embodiment of the present invention. The method is used by the transmitting end. As shown in FIG. 18, the process includes the following steps:
  • S1801 Select the retransmission data from the first data set according to the number of retransmitted data bits, or select the retransmission data from the first data set and the second data set;
  • the first data set includes at least a bit set of a check packet system bit; the second data set includes at least a bit set of original packet check bits; the original packet includes a plurality of data packets, the check The packet is obtained by packet encoding the original packet.
  • step S1801 if the number of retransmitted data bits is less than or equal to N0, the retransmission data is selected from the first data set, where N0 is a preset positive integer.
  • N0 is a preset positive integer.
  • the number of retransmitted data bits is small, it can be directly selected from the first data set. In this case, only the data of the check packet needs to be transmitted, so that the receiving end can decode all the channel coding blocks with greater probability, and the occupation is more successful. Less transmission of transmission resources, so the transmission efficiency is higher, which can improve the throughput of the system.
  • the verification packet is obtained by performing packet encoding on the original packet, and the packet encoding method includes: forming E bits of the same index of all E packets in the original packet.
  • the number of packet bits, e is an integer greater than 0, and the check coding adopts one of the following coding methods: single parity coding, BCH coding, RM coding, and RS coding.
  • the check code may also be at least one of shortened coding and puncturing coding of the coding method described above, and a check set having a corresponding number of bits of e bits is obtained.
  • the advantage of the packet coding method is that all channel coding blocks can be linked, so that iterative decoding methods can be used in the reception decoding to improve the decoding performance.
  • the codeword c needs to be a system code, and the check bit of the RM codeword c can be taken out to obtain a check set;
  • the check code can also include an e-bit check code as follows: the input bit set is s, for the s A subset of Set0 is binary-OR-added to obtain a 0th check bit; a binary XOR is added to a subset of the new set of bit sets s and 0th check bits to obtain the first one.
  • a plurality of channel coding blocks can be associated, which is beneficial to improve coding gain, and the packet coding scheme can make the number of bits of the retransmitted data larger, if smaller, directly
  • the data of the verification packet is very flexible.
  • the j-th data packet S j in the original packet 300 includes a Cj-coded channel coding block, where Cj is an integer greater than 0, and the channel coding is one of the following coding modes: Turbo coding, LDPC coding, convolutional coding, Polar coding.
  • a verification packet 301 is obtained by a packet encoding method, which is as described above.
  • the i-th sub-check packet in the check packet also includes a C-part data block, and the C-part data block is obtained by packet coding by a plurality of channel coding blocks, and the C-part data block is obtained. It also belongs to the corresponding channel coding codeword space, so channel decoding can also be performed.
  • the C data blocks in the parity packet also have systematic bits and check bits, and the system bits are completely passed by the system bits in the original packet.
  • the code is obtained, and the check bit is obtained by the block code of the check bit in the original packet, that is, the check packet system bit is the original packet system bit for packet coding, and the check packet check bit is the original packet.
  • the check bits are obtained by packet coding, and the original packet check bits are check bits of all channel coding blocks in the original packet, and the original packet system bits are system bits of all channel coding blocks in the original packet;
  • the maximum value in C0, C1, ..., C(E-1), i 0, 1, ..., (e-1).
  • the original packet system bits are information bits (channel bits of all channel coding) that enter channel coding in all channel coding blocks, as shown in FIG. 3;
  • the original packet check bits are bits in all channel coding blocks except system bits. (checksum or redundancy bits of all channel coding), as shown in FIG. 3;
  • the check packet system bits are bits obtained by packet encoding of all original packet system bits, as shown in FIG. 3;
  • the systematic bits are bits in the parity packet other than the systematic bits, as shown in FIG.
  • the purpose is to make the number of bits of each data packet in the original packet equal before the packet coding, to facilitate the execution of the packet coding, the padded bit is "0" or some pseudo bits, and the verification in the packet coding The encoding does not work.
  • the encoding of the single parity encoding is relatively simple, and the cumulative exclusive OR can be directly implemented, and the decoding end is relatively simple. For example, the min-sum algorithm can be used to achieve the performance, and the performance can be greatly improved.
  • the first data set includes all bits of the check packet, ie, as shown in FIG. 3, including system bits and check bits of the check packet; the second data set includes all the schools of the original packet The bit is checked, as shown in Figure 3, the original packet check bits.
  • the first data set includes all bits of the check packet, that is, as shown in FIG. 3, including the check packet system bit and the check bit; the second data set includes all bits of the original packet, as shown in FIG. System bits and check bits of the original packet.
  • the preset positive integer N0 is equal to the number of bits of the data packet in the first transmission data, that is, equal to the number of bits of any data packet in the original packet as shown in FIG. 3.
  • the first data set includes all system bits of the check packet, that is, system bits including only the check packet, and the cyclic bit selection from the first data set is performed in units of system bit blocks of the channel coding block. The selection is made; the second data set includes the check bits of the original packet and the check bits of the check packet.
  • the first data set includes all system bits of the check packet, ie, system bits including only the check packet; the second data set includes all bits of the original packet.
  • the first data set includes all system bits of the check packet, and the second data set includes check bits of the original packet.
  • the N0 is equal to the number of system bits of the check packet.
  • the difference between the maximum value and the minimum value is less than or equal to 1 among the number of bits of the plurality of retransmission data packets in the retransmission data.
  • the number of bits of each data packet in the original packet is as equal as possible, so that the performance is basically the same, the "short board" effect does not occur, and the overall reception error rate performance of the retransmitted data is increased.
  • the number of retransmitted data bits is equal to one of the following parameters: the total number of bits of the first transmission data, and the number of bits of any one of the first transmission data; at this time, the feedback information of the receiving end is at least Two error states NACK1, NACK2 are included, indicating the number of different retransmitted data bits.
  • the number of retransmitted data bits is equal to one of the following parameters: the total number of bits of the first transmission data, Q0, and the number of bits of any one of the first transmission data; Q0 is an integer greater than the number of bits of any one of the first data and less than the total number of bits of the first transmission data; at this time, the feedback information of the receiving end includes at least three error states indicating the different retransmission data. The number of bits.
  • the number of retransmitted data bits is equal to a product of a modulation order and a number of preset retransmission resources
  • the modulation order is a number of bits carried by a single constellation modulation symbol, such as BPSK (binary Phase shift keying)
  • the modulation order is equal to 1, as QPSK (Quadrature Phase Shift Keying) modulation order is equal to 2, 8PSK (eight phase shift keying) modulation order is equal to 3, such as 16QAM (hexadecimal quadrature amplitude) Modulation)
  • the modulation order is equal to 4, such as 32QAM (32-ary quadrature amplitude modulation) modulation order is equal to 5, such as 64QAM (64-ary quadrature amplitude modulation) modulation order is equal to 6, such as 128QAM (128-ary orthogonal
  • the amplitude modulation) modulation order is equal to 7, such as 256QAM (256-ary quadrature amplitude modulation
  • the number of bits of the retransmission check packet is equal to the difference between the number of retransmitted data bits and the total number of bits of all the multiple retransmitted data packets.
  • the number of retransmitted data bits is equal to the total number of bits of the first transmitted data.
  • the number of retransmitted data bits is equal to a preset positive integer, which may be indicated by feedback information or preset by the system, and other non-limited manners to obtain the positive integer.
  • the retransmission data is cyclically selected from at least one of a first data set and a second data set, wherein the data is fetched from the circular buffer, and if the last bit is taken, the first bit is taken until the corresponding number of bits is obtained.
  • the start bit of the cyclic selection is obtained by the retransmission version number, or is equal to the index position of the previous transmission data plus one at the index position in the first data set or the second data set.
  • the second data set includes all bits 1300 of the original packet (including original packet system bits and original packet parity bits), and the first data set includes parity packet system bits 1301 (the first data set does not include the school) Checking the check bits, so not shown in the figure), the cyclically selecting the second data set, performing bit selection in units of channel coding blocks, and channel coding after performing bit selection in each data packet Among the number of bits of the block, the difference between the maximum value and the minimum value is less than or equal to 1, when the bit selected by the bit is already corresponding to the channel coding block and belongs to the second data set.
  • the tail bit is selected from the first bit of the channel coding block.
  • the cyclic bit of the 0th channel coding block in the 0th data packet S0 is selected to collect bit data from the start bit, and when the tail bit is reached, The first bit starts to be selected; the first data set and the performance cycle selection are cyclic bit selection according to each system bit rate in each sub-check packet, and the first bit is selected from the system bit block.
  • the bits start to be selected.
  • FIG. 4 is a block diagram of a data transmission processing apparatus according to an embodiment of the present invention, which is used for a transmitting end.
  • the retransmission data processing module 401 includes the following unit. :
  • Determining a unit configured to determine a number of retransmitted data bits
  • a second bit selecting unit configured to obtain the retransmitted data according to one of the following manners according to the number of retransmitted data bits: a, the retransmitted data is selected from the first data set; b, the retransmitted data is from Selecting at least one of a second data set and a first data set; wherein the first data set is a bit set including at least a check packet system bit, and the second data set is at least an original packet check bit A set of bits, the original packet containing a plurality of data packets, the verification packet being obtained by packet encoding the original packet.
  • the verification packet is obtained by performing packet coding by the original packet, and the retransmission data processing module 401 includes a packet coding unit as described below.
  • the e-part check packet is constructed, where E is the number of data packets in the original packet, n is the number of data packet bits in the original packet, and e is an integer greater than 0, and the check code adopts the following coding mode.
  • the coding method described above is as described in Embodiment 1.
  • a data transmission processing method for the sending end, which includes the following steps:
  • the first retransmission data is sent to the receiving end, which includes: determining the number of retransmitted data bits; according to the number of retransmitted data bits, selecting the following manner Deriving the retransmission data: a, the retransmission data is selected from a first data set; b, the retransmission data is selected from at least one of a second data set and a first data set; wherein The first data set is a bit set including at least a check packet system bit, the second data set is a bit set including at least an original packet check bit, and the original packet includes a plurality of data packets, where the check packet is a The original packet is obtained by packet coding.
  • the verification packet is obtained by performing packet coding on the original packet, and the packet encoding method described above is as described in Embodiment 1.
  • the purpose of packet coding is to establish a plurality of data blocks by packet coding, and a relatively large gain can be obtained when decoding is performed at the receiving end.
  • the packet-encoded check packet is mainly transmitted in the retransmitted data, and can be compatible with the original communication system without changing the first-pass data, and can improve the throughput performance of the retransmitted data.
  • step S1 the number of bits of the retransmission data is equal to the number of bits of the first transmission data; and, in the retransmission data, among the number of bits of the E packets of the bit selection output, The difference between the maximum value and the minimum value is less than or equal to 1, and E is an integer greater than one.
  • a single parity check code is used in the packet coding, that is, the check packet includes only one sub-check packet, and the length is n.
  • the check packet obtained by the bit selection is obtained.
  • the number of bits is equal to the difference between the number of retransmitted data bits and the total number of bits of the E-retransmission data packets obtained by all bits, wherein the number of retransmitted data bits is equal to the number of first transmitted data bits.
  • E is the number of packets in the original packet
  • mod(x 1 , x 2 ) represents the modulo operation of the integer x 2 for the integer x 1
  • the formula [x] represents rounding the integer, or taking the integer down, or up Integer.
  • the number of retransmitted data bits is equal to the number of first transmitted data bits, and the check packet of the retransmitted data and the number of bits of each data packet can be calculated according to the number of first transmitted data bits, which is simple to calculate, and the occupied resources are the same as the first transmitted data. It can be transmitted on the same scheduling resource without resending the instruction to indicate resource scheduling information. Or the number of the retransmitted data bits is equal to the product of the modulation order and the number of system preset resources. At this time, the check packet of the retransmitted data and the number of bits of each data packet are calculated by the number of resources allocated by the system. At this time, the current system resources can be fully utilized, and transmitted on new system resources, and the resource utilization rate is high.
  • a data transmission processing method is provided for the receiving end. As shown in FIG. 14, the method includes the following steps:
  • S1402 If the decoding result is incorrect, send feedback information to the sending end, where the sending end may determine the number of retransmitted data bits according to the feedback information and the first transmission data, and select one of the following manners to obtain the retransmitted data: a And the retransmitted data is selected from the first data set; b, the retransmitted data is selected from at least one of the second data set and the first data set; wherein the first data set includes at least a check packet A set of bits of systematic bits, the second set of data being a set of bits comprising at least an original packet check bit, the original packet comprising a plurality of data packets, the check packet being obtained by packet encoding the original packet.
  • step S1402 if the received transmission data error block rate is greater than T(i-1) and less than Ti, the feedback information i is sent to indicate that the number of retransmitted data bits is equal to Di; wherein Ti is a preset threshold set The i-th element of T, and 0 ⁇ T(i-1) ⁇ Ti ⁇ 1, the feedback information i is the i-th element in the feedback information set, and Di is the i-th element in the set D of preset retransmission data bits Di is an integer greater than 0, and D(i-1) ⁇ Di; the received transmission data error block rate is the number of all error blocks in the received Q transmission data and the received Q transmission data The ratio of the number of all channel coding blocks, where Q is a positive integer.
  • the benefit of the method is that the feedback information is multi-state, and the number of retransmitted data bits can be flexibly set, and can adapt to channel changes. Retransmitting data only requires an estimated number of bits, which can greatly improve resource utilization and can improve Throughput performance of the entire system and system total capacity.
  • step S1402 if the error block rate of the received transmission data is greater than 0 and less than T', the feedback information 1 (NACK1) is sent, indicating that the number of retransmitted data bits is equal to any one of the first transmission data. a number of packets; if the error block rate of the received transmission data is greater than or equal to T', sending feedback information 2 (NACK2), indicating that the number of retransmitted data bits is equal to the number of bits of the first transmission data; wherein, T' is greater than A real number of 0 and less than 1, the error block rate is a ratio of the number of error blocks in the received transmission data to the number of all code blocks.
  • NACK1 feedback information 1
  • NACK2 feedback information 2
  • the method may further include: if the error block rate of the received transmission data is greater than 0 and less than T0, sending feedback information 1 (NACK1), indicating that the number of retransmitted data bits is equal to any one of the first transmission data.
  • NACK1 feedback information 1
  • the error block rate of the received transmission data is greater than or equal to T0 and less than T1
  • send feedback signal 2 (NACK2), indicating that the number of retransmitted data bits is equal to Q0; if the received transmission data is incorrect
  • the code block rate is greater than or equal to T1
  • the feedback information 3 (NACK3) is sent, indicating that the number of retransmitted data bits is equal to the number of bits of the first transmission data; wherein, 0 ⁇ T0 ⁇ T1 ⁇ 1, the error block rate is the received transmission data.
  • the ratio of the number of error blocks to the number of all code blocks, Q0 is an integer greater than the number of bits of any one of the first transmission data and less than the total number of bits of the first transmission data.
  • a data transmission processing method is provided for the transmitting end. As shown in FIG. 1, the method includes the following steps:
  • the first method is: dividing a source data packet to obtain a plurality of sub-blocks, adding a CRC sequence to the plurality of sub-blocks, and performing channel coding on the sub-blocks after adding the CRC sequence to obtain a plurality of channel coding blocks.
  • the original packet the original packet is packet-encoded to obtain a verification packet, and the plurality of channel coding blocks and the verification packet are bit-selected to obtain first-pass data;
  • step S1800 determining the number of retransmitted data bits; step S1801, selecting the retransmission data from the first data set according to the number of retransmitted data bits, or from the first data set and Selecting the retransmission data in the second data set; wherein the first data set includes at least a bit set of the check packet system bits; the second data set includes at least a bit set of the original packet check bits; The original packet includes a plurality of data packets, and the verification packet is obtained by packet encoding the original packet.
  • the sending end may retransmit the last transmission data according to the mode 2, or process the next source data packet according to the mode 1 when the feedback information indicates the receiving error.
  • Corresponding first transmission data the first transmission data obtained by the transmission; when the feedback information indicates that the reception is correct, the next source data packet may be processed according to the method 1, and the corresponding first transmission data is obtained, and the obtained first transmission data is transmitted.
  • the first pass data processing process (ie, mode one) may include the following steps:
  • S1902 Perform polarization coding on the H1 partial sub-blocks after adding the CRC sequence to obtain an H1 partial polarization coding block;
  • S1903 Perform packet coding on all bits or partial bits of the H1 partial polarization coding block to obtain an H2 partial parity check packet, where the H1 partial polarization coding block and the H2 partial parity check packet constitute first transmission data, where H1 is an integer greater than 1, H2 is an integer greater than 0, and I is an integer greater than or equal to zero.
  • step S1801 when the number of retransmitted data bits is less than or equal to N0, the retransmission data is selected from the first data set; wherein N0 is a positive integer.
  • N0 is a positive integer.
  • the number of retransmitted data bits is small, it can be directly selected from the first data set. In this case, only the data of the check packet needs to be transmitted, so that the receiving end can decode all the channel coding blocks with greater probability, and the occupation is more successful. Less transmission of transmission resources, so the transmission efficiency is higher, which can improve the throughput of the system.
  • the check coding adopts one of the following coding modes: single parity coding, BCH coding, RM coding, RS code. When the check code uses a single parity code, the check packet contains 1 sub-check packet.
  • the first set of data includes one of: verifying all bits of the packet, all system bits of the check packet.
  • the second set of data includes one of: all check bits of the original packet, all bits of the original packet, all check bits of the original packet, and all check bits of the check packet.
  • the N0 is T times the number of bits of any one of the first pass data or T times the number of bits of any one of the check packets in the check packet, where T is a positive integer.
  • the retransmission data is selected from the first data set and the second data set, and the number of bits and each bit of each sub-check packet in the retransmitted data is determined according to at least one of the following: Number of bits of the data packet: the total number of bits of the first transmission data, the number of data packets in the original packet, the number of bits of any data packet in the original packet, the total number of bits of retransmitted data, the modulation order, and the number of retransmitted data resources; , N0 is a positive integer.
  • the total number of bits of the plurality of sub-check packets in the retransmission data is equal to a difference between a total number of bits of the first transmission data and a total number of bits of all the plurality of data packets in the retransmitted data; or, equal to the a difference between a product of the number of retransmitted resources and the modulation order and a total number of bits of all the plurality of packets in the retransmitted data; or equal to a total number of bits of the retransmitted data and all of the retransmitted data
  • the number of retransmitted data bits includes at least one of: a product of a number of retransmission resources and a modulation order; a total number of bits of the first transmission data; and a preset positive integer.
  • the number of retransmitted data bits is greater than or equal to the number of bits of any one of the first transmission data and is less than or An integer equal to the total number of bits of the first pass data.
  • the feedback information includes at least two error states, NACK1 and NACK2, for indicating the number of retransmitted data bits: the total number of bits of the first transmission data, and the number of bits of any one of the first transmission data.
  • the second element value is equal to the number of bits of any one of the first transmission data.
  • the second element value is greater than or equal to the number of bits of any one of the first transmission data, and the tail element value is greater than or equal to the total number of bits of the first transmission data.
  • the original packet includes an E-packet, wherein the j-th packet includes a Cj-coded channel coding block; and the original packet check bit is all channel coding blocks in the original packet.
  • Check bits the check packet system bits are obtained by packet coding of original packet system bits, the original packet system bits are system bits of all channel coding blocks in the original packet, and the check packet check bits are original packet check bits.
  • a data transmission processing method is provided for the receiving end. As shown in FIG. 14, the method includes the following steps:
  • Step S1400 receiving transmission data of the transmitting end
  • Step S1401 decoding the received transmission data
  • Step S1402 If the decoding result is incorrect, send feedback information to the sending end, where the feedback information is used to instruct the sending end to perform data processing in one of the following manners:
  • the first method is: dividing a source data packet to obtain a plurality of sub-blocks, adding a CRC sequence to the plurality of sub-blocks, and performing channel coding on the sub-blocks after adding the CRC sequence to obtain a plurality of channel coding blocks.
  • the original packet the original packet is packet-encoded to obtain a verification packet, and the plurality of channel coding blocks and the verification packet are bit-selected to obtain the first transmission data; or
  • Manner 2 determining a number of retransmitted data bits, selecting the retransmitted data from the first data set according to the number of retransmitted data bits, or selecting the first data set and the second data set Retransmitting data; wherein the first data set includes at least a bit set of check packet system bits; the second data set includes at least a bit set of original packet check bits; and the original packet includes multiple data packets
  • the verification packet is obtained by performing packet coding on the original packet.
  • the feedback information sent to the sending end is used to instruct the sending end to perform data processing according to the mode 1.
  • the transmitting end can process the pair of next source data packets according to the manner to obtain corresponding information.
  • the first pass data, and the resulting first pass data is transmitted.
  • the feedback information 0 is sent to indicate that the transmitting end does not need to retransmit the data, and the sending end performs processing according to the mode 1;
  • the transmission data error block rate is greater than T(i-1) and less than or equal to Ti, and the feedback information i is sent to indicate that the number of retransmitted data bits is equal to Di;
  • Ti is the i-th element of the preset threshold set T, And T(i-1) ⁇ Ti
  • the feedback information i is the i-th element in the preset feedback information set, Di is the i-th element in the set D of preset retransmission data bits, and Di is an integer greater than 0, and D(i-1) ⁇ Di
  • the preset threshold set includes a elements and wherein the first and last element values are equal to 0 and 1, respectively, the preset feedback information set includes a elements, and the preset retransmission data bit number set includes a The elements, a is an integer greater than
  • the second element value D1 is greater than or equal to the number of bits of any one of the first data, and D(a-1) is greater than or equal to the total data of the first transmission. The number of bits.
  • a data transmission processing apparatus which is disposed at the transmitting end, as shown in FIG. 4, and includes the following modules:
  • the first receiving module 402 is configured to receive feedback information of the receiving end
  • the first pass data processing module 400 includes: a splitting unit configured to split the source data packet to obtain a plurality of sub-data blocks; and an adding unit configured to add a CRC sequence to the plurality of sub-blocks; the channel coding unit is set to be The sub-blocks after adding the CRC sequence respectively perform channel coding to obtain an original packet composed of a plurality of channel coding blocks; the packet coding unit is configured to perform packet coding on the original packet to obtain a verification packet; and the first bit selection unit , set to edit the plurality of channels The code block and the check packet perform bit selection to obtain first pass data;
  • the retransmission data processing module 401 includes: a determining unit, configured to determine a number of retransmitted data bits; and a second bit selecting unit configured to select the retransmitted data from the first data set according to the number of retransmitted data bits, Or selecting the retransmission data from the first data set and the second data set;
  • the first data set includes at least a bit set of a check packet system bit; the second data set includes at least a bit set of original packet check bits; the original packet includes a plurality of data packets, and the check packet is The original packet is obtained by packet coding.
  • the second bit selection unit is further configured to select the retransmission data from the first data set when the number of retransmitted data bits is less than or equal to N0; wherein N0 is positive Integer.
  • the retransmission data processing module 401 further includes a packet encoding unit; as shown in FIG. 5, the packet encoding unit includes: a check encoding subunit 500, a check packet acquiring subunit 501;
  • the check coding sub-unit 500 is configured to perform check coding on a bit set formed by E bits of the same index of the E-packets included in the original packet, to obtain n check sets of e-bit length;
  • An element check packet wherein the check packet includes the e-sub-check packet, where E is the number of data packets in the original packet, n is the number of data packet bits in the original packet, and e is greater than 0
  • the second bit selecting unit is further configured to: when the number of retransmitted data bits is greater than N0, select the retransmitted data from the first data set and the second data set, according to the following At least one of determining the number of bits of each sub-check packet in the retransmission data and the number of bits of each packet: the total number of bits of the first transmission data, the number of data packets in the original packet, the number of bits of any data packet in the original packet, The total number of bits of the data, the modulation order, and the number of retransmitted data resources are retransmitted; wherein N0 is a positive integer.
  • the number of retransmitted data bits is greater than or equal to the number of bits of any one of the first transmission data and is less than or equal to the total bit of the first transmission data. An integer of the number.
  • the segmentation unit in the first pass data processing module 400 is configured to segment the source data packet to obtain an H1 sub-block;
  • Adding a unit configured to add a CRC sequence of length I bits to the H1 sub-blocks
  • a channel coding unit configured to perform polarization coding on the H1 partial sub-blocks after adding the CRC sequence to obtain an H1 partial polarization coding block
  • a packet coding unit configured to perform packet coding on all bits or partial bits of the H1 partial polarization coding block to obtain an H2 sub-check packet
  • a first bit selecting unit configured to determine that the H1 partial polarization coding block and the H2 partial parity check packet constitute first transmission data
  • H1 is an integer greater than 1
  • H2 is an integer greater than
  • I is an integer greater than or equal to zero.
  • a data transmission processing device which is disposed at the receiving end and includes the following modules:
  • a second receiving module configured to receive transmission data of the transmitting end and perform decoding
  • the feedback module is configured to: if the decoding result is incorrect, send feedback information to the sending end, where the feedback information is used to indicate that the sending end processes in one of the following manners:
  • the first method is: dividing a source data packet to obtain a plurality of sub-blocks, adding a CRC sequence to the plurality of sub-blocks, and performing channel coding on the sub-blocks after adding the CRC sequence Obtaining an original packet composed of a plurality of channel coding blocks, performing packet coding on the original packet to obtain a verification packet, and performing bit selection on the multiple channel coding block and the verification packet to obtain first transmission data;
  • Manner 2 determining a number of retransmitted data bits, selecting the retransmitted data from the first data set according to the number of retransmitted data bits, or selecting the retransmitted data from the first data set and the second data set;
  • the first data set includes at least a bit set of a check packet system bit;
  • the second data set includes at least a bit set of original packet check bits;
  • the original packet includes a plurality of data packets, the check The packet is obtained by packet encoding the original packet.
  • the feedback module is further configured to: if the received transmission data error block rate is equal to 0, send feedback information 0, which is used to indicate that the transmitting end does not need to retransmit data, and the sending end according to the manner If the received transmission data error block rate is greater than T(i-1) and less than or equal to Ti, the feedback information i is sent to indicate that the number of retransmitted data bits is equal to Di; wherein Ti is a preset The i-th element of the threshold set T, and T(i-1) ⁇ Ti, the feedback information i is the i-th element in the preset feedback information set, and Di is the i-th element in the preset re-transmitted data bit number set D Di is an integer greater than 0, and D(i-1) ⁇ Di; the preset threshold set includes a elements and wherein the first and last element values are equal to 0 and 1, respectively, and the preset feedback information set includes a element, Let the set of retransmitted data bits include a element, a is an
  • a data transmission processing method for the sending end, including:
  • the first method is: dividing a source data packet to obtain a plurality of sub-blocks, adding a CRC sequence to the plurality of sub-blocks, and then performing channel coding on the sub-blocks after adding the CRC sequence to obtain a plurality of channel coding blocks.
  • the original packet is configured to perform packet coding on the original packet to obtain a verification packet, and perform bit selection on the multiple channel coding block and the verification packet to obtain first transmission data;
  • Manner 2 determining a number of retransmitted data bits, selecting the retransmitted data from the first data set according to the number of retransmitted data bits, or selecting the retransmitted data from the first data set and the second data set;
  • the first data set includes at least a bit set of a check packet system bit; the second data set includes at least a bit set of original packet check bits; the original packet includes a plurality of data packets, the check The packet is obtained by packet encoding the original packet.
  • the processing is performed in the second mode.
  • the retransmission data is selected from the first data set; wherein N0 is a positive integer.
  • the check packet includes the e-sub-check packet, where E is the number of data packets in the original packet, n is the number of data packet bits in the original packet, and e is an integer greater than 0, the school
  • the coding uses one of the following coding methods: single parity coding, BCH coding, RM coding, and RS coding. When the check code uses a single parity code, the check packet contains 1 sub-check packet.
  • the first set of data includes one of: verifying all bits of the packet, all system bits of the check packet.
  • the second set of data includes one of: all check bits of the original packet, all bits of the original packet, all check bits of the original packet, and all check bits of the check packet.
  • the N0 is T times the number of bits of any one of the first pass data or T times the number of bits of any one of the check packets in the check packet, where T is a positive integer.
  • the retransmission data is selected from the first data set and the second data set, and the number of bits and each of each sub-check packet in the retransmitted data is determined according to at least one of the following: Number of bits of the data packet: the total number of bits of the first transmission data, the number of data packets in the original packet, the number of bits of any data packet in the original packet, the total number of bits of retransmitted data, the modulation order, and the number of retransmitted data resources; , N0 is a positive integer.
  • the total number of bits of the plurality of sub-check packets in the retransmission data is equal to a difference between a total number of bits of the first transmission data and a total number of bits of all the plurality of data packets in the retransmission data; or, equal to the retransmission a difference between the number of resources and the modulation order and the total number of bits of all the plurality of packets in the retransmitted data; or equal to the total number of bits of the retransmitted data and all the multiples of the retransmitted data The difference in the total number of bits in the packet.
  • the number of retransmitted data bits includes at least one of: a product of a number of retransmission resources and a modulation order; a total number of bits of the first transmission data; and a preset positive integer.
  • the number of retransmitted data bits is greater than or equal to the number of bits of any one of the first transmission data and is less than or equal to the total amount of the first transmission data. An integer of the number.
  • the feedback information includes at least two error states NACK1 and NACK2, which are used to indicate that the number of retransmitted data bits is respectively: the total number of bits of the first transmission data, and any one of the first transmission data. The number of bits.
  • the second element value is equal to the number of bits of any one of the first transmission data.
  • the second element value is greater than or equal to the number of bits of any one of the first transmission data
  • the tail element value is greater than or equal to the total number of bits of the first transmission data. If the feedback information indicates that the data is received correctly, the processing is performed in the source packet mode.
  • the original packet includes an E-packet, wherein the j-th packet includes a Cj-coded channel coding block; and the original packet check bit is all channel coding blocks in the original packet.
  • Check bits the check packet system bits are obtained by packet coding of original packet system bits, the original packet system bits are system bits of all channel coding blocks in the original packet, and the check packet check bits are original packet check bits.
  • a data transmission processing method for the receiving end, including:
  • the first method is: dividing a source data packet to obtain a plurality of sub-blocks, adding a CRC sequence to the plurality of sub-blocks, and then performing channel coding on the sub-blocks after adding the CRC sequence to obtain a plurality of channel coding blocks.
  • the original packet is configured to perform packet coding on the original packet to obtain a verification packet, and perform bit selection on the multiple channel coding block and the verification packet to obtain first transmission data;
  • Manner 2 determining a number of retransmitted data bits, selecting the retransmitted data from the first data set according to the number of retransmitted data bits, or selecting the retransmitted data from the first data set and the second data set;
  • the first data set includes at least a bit set of a check packet system bit;
  • the second data set includes at least a bit set of original packet check bits;
  • the original packet includes a plurality of data packets, the check The packet is obtained by packet encoding the original packet.
  • the feedback information 0 is sent to instruct the transmitting end to perform processing according to mode 1; otherwise, if the received transmission data error block rate is If the value is greater than T(i-1) and less than or equal to Ti, the feedback information i is sent to indicate that the number of retransmitted data bits is equal to Di; where Ti is the i-th element of the preset threshold set T, and T(i-1) ⁇ Ti, the feedback information i is the i-th element in the preset feedback information set, Di is the i-th element in the set D of preset retransmission data bits, Di is an integer greater than 0, and D(i-1) ⁇ Di; the preset threshold set T includes a elements and wherein the first and last element values are equal to 0 and 1, respectively, the preset feedback information set includes a elements, and the preset retransmission data bit number set includes a elements, a is An integer greater than 1, the error block rate being a ratio
  • the second element value D1 in the preset retransmission data bit number set D, is equal to the number of bits of any one of the first transmission data, and D(a-1) is greater than or equal to the first The total number of bits of data transmitted.
  • a data transmission processing apparatus which is disposed at the sending end, and includes:
  • the first receiving module is configured to receive feedback information of the receiving end
  • the first data processing module includes: a dividing unit configured to segment the source data packet to obtain a plurality of sub-data blocks; and adding a unit, configured to add a cyclic redundancy check CRC sequence to the plurality of sub-data blocks respectively; the channel coding unit And configured to perform channel coding on the sub-blocks after adding the CRC sequence to obtain an original packet composed of a plurality of channel coding blocks; and a packet coding unit configured to perform packet coding on the original packet to obtain a verification packet; a bit selection unit configured to perform bit selection on the plurality of channel coding blocks and the check packet to obtain first transmission data;
  • Retransmitting the data processing module comprising: a determining unit, configured to determine a number of retransmitted data bits; and a second bit selecting unit configured to select the retransmitted data from the first data set according to the number of retransmitted data bits, or Selecting the retransmitted data from the first data set and the second data set;
  • the first data set includes at least a bit set of a check packet system bit; the second data set includes at least a bit set of original packet check bits; the original packet includes a plurality of data packets, the check The packet is obtained by packet encoding the original packet.
  • the second bit selection unit is further configured to select the retransmission data from the first data set when the number of retransmitted data bits is less than or equal to N0; wherein N0 is a positive integer.
  • the retransmission data processing module further includes a packet encoding unit; the packet encoding unit includes a check encoding subunit and a check packet acquiring subunit; and the check encoding subunit is set to be included in the original packet
  • the bit set formed by the E bits of the same index of the E packets is subjected to check coding, and n check sets of e bits are obtained; the check packet acquisition subunit is set as the n check sets
  • the check packet includes the e-sub-check packet, wherein E is the number of data packets in the original packet, n is the number of data packet bits in the original packet, and e is an integer greater than 0, and the check coding adopts one of the following coding modes: single parity coding, BCH coding, RM coding, RS coding.
  • the second bit selecting unit is further configured to: when the number of retransmitted data bits is greater than N0, select the retransmitted data from the first data set and the second data set, according to the following At least one of determining the number of bits per sub-check packet in the retransmitted data and the number of bits per packet: the total number of bits of the first transmitted data, the number of packets in the original packet, the number of bits of any packet in the original packet, The total number of bits of the data, the modulation order, and the number of retransmitted data resources are retransmitted; wherein N0 is a positive integer.
  • the number of retransmitted data bits is an integer greater than or equal to the number of bits of any one of the first transmission data and less than or equal to the total number of bits of the first transmission data.
  • a data transmission processing apparatus which is disposed at the receiving end, and includes:
  • a second receiving module configured to receive transmission data of the transmitting end and perform decoding
  • the feedback module is configured to send feedback information to the sending end according to the decoding result, where the feedback information is used to instruct the sending end to process in one of the following manners:
  • the first method is: dividing a source data packet to obtain a plurality of sub-blocks, adding a cyclic redundancy check CRC sequence to the plurality of sub-blocks, and then performing channel coding on the sub-blocks after adding the CRC sequence respectively
  • Manner 2 determining a number of retransmitted data bits, selecting the retransmitted data from the first data set according to the number of retransmitted data bits, or selecting the retransmitted data from the first data set and the second data set;
  • the first data set includes at least a bit set of a check packet system bit;
  • the second data set includes at least a bit set of original packet check bits;
  • the original packet includes a plurality of data packets, the check The packet is obtained by packet encoding the original packet.
  • the feedback information is used to indicate that the sending end performs data processing according to mode one or mode two; if the decoding result is correct, the feedback information is used to indicate The sender performs data processing in accordance with mode one.
  • the feedback module is further configured to: if the received transmission data error block rate is equal to 0, send feedback information 0, to indicate that the sending end performs processing according to mode one; otherwise, if The received transmission data error block rate is greater than T(i-1) and less than or equal to Ti, and the feedback is sent.
  • the information i is used to indicate that the number of retransmitted data bits is equal to Di; wherein Ti is the i-th element of the preset threshold set T, and T(i-1) ⁇ Ti, and the feedback information i is the preset feedback information set i elements, Di is the i-th element in the set D of preset retransmission data bits, Di is an integer greater than 0, and D(i-1) ⁇ Di; the preset threshold set T includes a element and the first of them And the tail element values are equal to 0 and 1, respectively, the preset feedback information set includes a elements, the preset retransmission data bit number set includes a elements, a is an integer greater than 1, and the error block rate is Q shares received. The ratio of the number of all error blocks in the transmitted data to the number of all channel coding blocks in the Q shares of the received transmission data, where Q is a positive integer.
  • the base station may include: an Access Point (AP), or may be referred to as a Node B, a radio Network Controller (RNC), Evolved Node B (eNB), Base Station Controller (BSC), Base Transceiver Station (BTS), Base Station (BS), Transceiver Function (TF), Radio Router, Radio Transceiver, Basic Service Unit (BSS), Extended Service Unit (ESS), Radio Base Station (RBS), or some other terminology.
  • AP Access Point
  • RNC Radio Network Controller
  • eNB Evolved Node B
  • BSC Base Station Controller
  • BTS Base Station
  • TF Transceiver Function
  • Radio Router Radio Transceiver
  • BSS Basic Service Unit
  • ESS Extended Service Unit
  • RBS Radio Base Station
  • FIG. 7 it is a link example of a wireless communication system employing various aspects of the present application for communication between an in-vehicle system and a base station.
  • the transmitting end 700 sends the data 703 to the receiving end 701, and the receiving end 701 sends the feedback signal 702 to the sending end 700 according to the correct situation of receiving the data.
  • the sending end 700 may be a base station, or may be other devices or devices as described above.
  • the receiving end 701 can be an in-vehicle system, or can be a handheld device such as a tablet computer, a reading machine, an electronic watch, and other electronic devices or interconnected electronic devices, wireless modems, and laptop computers that need to access the Internet. , personal computers, in-vehicle devices, mobile phones, wireless access nodes, sensor nodes, etc.
  • the various algorithms and methods and apparatus modules described herein can be used for transmission between base station 700 and in-vehicle system 701 in a wireless communication system.
  • the transmission processing method of the present application can also be applied to an LTE communication system, a WiFi system, a high frequency communication system, and a future 5G communication system.
  • the length of the source data packet to be transmitted is 4240 bits.
  • the channel coding adopts Turbo coding in the LTE system.
  • the code rate set by the system is 1/2
  • the constellation modulation mode is 16QAM
  • M 3 (ie, the maximum number of transmissions is 4).
  • the base station 700 transmits service data to the in-vehicle system 701, and receives feedback information sent by the in-vehicle system 701. If the transmitted service data is first-pass data, the process of processing the first-pass data includes the following steps:
  • the bit selection adopts a cyclic selection method, and a Turbo coded block having a length of 1308 bits is placed in a circular buffer, and bit data is sequentially taken out when the bit is selected, and the first bit is selected if the tail bit is reached. Since the predetermined code rate is 1/2, the number of bits of the Turbo coded block after each rate matching is 864, so that the total number of bits of the first transmission data is 8640.
  • the selected starting index position is 0, that is, starting from the first bit, and the next retransmission data is selected at the index position of the tail bit index position plus one, the next transmission of this example
  • the bit selection starting index position is 864; and if the version number is used for bit selection, the starting index position of the bit selection is related to the retransmission version number r i , the Turbo coding block total length N cb and the interleaving depth R sb ,
  • Send d 10 data packets after the bit selection, the number of bits is 864 bits, and each data packet includes 1 rate-matched Turbo coding block, wherein the start index position of the bit selection in rate matching Is 28.
  • the base station 700 After the base station 700 transmits the first transmission data to the in-vehicle system 701, it receives the feedback information of the in-vehicle system 701. If the feedback information indicates that the data is received incorrectly, the following steps are performed:
  • the first data set is a bit set including a check packet system bit and a check bit (all bits of the check packet), and the second data set includes the original packet system bit and The set of bits of the check bits (all bits of the original packet).
  • the feedback information determine the number of retransmitted data bits; wherein the feedback information includes at least three states (ACK, NACK1, NACK2), if the reception is ACK, it indicates correct reception; if the reception is NACK1, it indicates incorrect reception, i
  • the retransmitted data is selected from the first data set; b, the retransmitted data is selected from the second data set .
  • mode a is selected, and if the number of retransmitted data bits is greater than N0, mode b is selected. If the number of bits of the retransmitted data is 8640, and the selection is made from the second data set, the number of bits of each selected data packet is 864, that is, 864 bits are selected for each turbo code, and the retransmission is performed. The version number is selected.
  • the modulation mode of each transmission data is 16QAM (modulation order is 4), and the system normalized throughput under AWGN (additive white Gaussian noise) channel.
  • the performance comparison is shown in FIG. 9. It can be seen that the transmission processing method can obtain a large throughput gain, and the first retransmission 900 has a signal-to-noise ratio (SNR) of 1.1 dB. In the second retransmission 901, there is about 0.9dB of signal-to-noise ratio gain, and in the third retransmission 902, there is about 0.6dB of signal-to-noise ratio gain.
  • SNR signal-to-noise ratio
  • This method has great innovation. The gain mainly comes from two aspects.
  • the first aspect is that the retransmission data contains a bit set of a check packet with a small number of bits, and the resource occupancy is small.
  • the second aspect is the coding gain brought by the packet coding method, and multiple data are used.
  • the packets are linked by a packet coding method to form a large channel coding block, so that the error rate performance of the source data packet is greatly reduced.
  • Both the present example and the Turbo coding method used in the following examples employ the coding method specified in the LTE standard.
  • the encoding process is as follows:
  • the Turbo coding scheme uses Parallel Concatenated Convolutional Code (PCCC), which uses two 8-state sub-encoders and one Turbo intra-code interleaver.
  • PCCC Parallel Concatenated Convolutional Code
  • the initial value of the shift register in the 8-state sub-encoder is 0, and the encoding structure is as shown in FIG.
  • the bits input to the Turbo encoder are denoted as c 0 , c 1 , c 2 , c 3 , ..., c K-1
  • the output bits of the first and second 8-state sub-encoders are z 0 , z 1 , respectively.
  • the output bits from the Turbo intra-code interleaver are denoted as c' 0 , c' 1 , ..., c' K-1 , which will be input to the second 8-state sub-encoder.
  • the forced-zero processing of Turbo coding is accomplished by obtaining the tail bits from the shift register feedback after all information bit encoding, and the tail bits are added after the information bit encoding.
  • the first three tail codes are used to terminate the first encoder, at which point the second sub-encoder is disabled.
  • the last three tail bits are used to terminate the second sub-encoder, at which point the first sub-encoder is disabled.
  • the transmission bits used for the grid termination scheme are:
  • the bits input into the Turbo code interleaver are denoted as c 0 , c 1 , ..., c K-1 , where K is the number of input bits.
  • the output of the Turbo code interleaver is denoted as c' 0 , c' 1 , ..., c' K-1 .
  • the parameters f 1 and f 2 depend on the block size K.
  • the rate matching of the codeword bit sequence output by Turbo coding is as shown in FIG. 11.
  • the rate matching process of the turbo coded transmission channel is as follows: first, three information bit streams are used. and The interleaving is performed separately, followed by bit collection, followed by the generation of the circular buffer, and finally the bit selection to obtain the transmitted bit sequence e k .
  • bit stream Interleaving according to a specific sub-block interleaver, the corresponding output sequences are respectively defined as
  • the output bit sequence generation process of the sub-block interleaver is:
  • each row of the matrix has a serial number from top to bottom.
  • the output of the sub-block interleaver is after the column transformation A sequence of bits read out column by column in a dimensional matrix.
  • the output bits of the sub-block interleaving are expressed as among them, Corresponding to y P(0) Corresponding to And
  • the definition of the replacement mode P is shown in the following table:
  • the w k is the encoded Turbo coded block obtained after Turbo coding, and the rate matching is performed in the w k .
  • bit selection the number of lines interleaved according to the transmission version number rv idx and sub-blocks
  • the bit length N cb of the Turbo coded block soft buffer determines the start bit of the bit selection: The selection starts from the k0th bit, and the padding bits are ignored.
  • the difference between this example and the example 1 is that the number of bits of the retransmitted data is different.
  • the base station 700 sends the first transmission data to the in-vehicle system 701
  • the feedback information of the in-vehicle system 701 is received, if the feedback letter
  • the information indicates a data reception error
  • the data hybrid retransmission method includes the following:
  • the system preset resource is 1500 constellation symbols, that is, the number of bits for retransmitting data can be calculated to be equal to 6000;
  • the retransmission data is obtained by performing bit selection from the first data set and the second data set. Since each data packet (Turbo coding block) in the original packet in the first transmission data has been transmitted 864 bits, in order to make the number of bits of each data packet and the verification packet in the original packet in the retransmission data substantially equal (per copy).
  • the difference between the total number of transmission bits in the data packet and the verification packet is within 5 bits, and the total number of transmission bits refers to all transmitted bits, including the first transmission data and the retransmission data, and then from the first data set
  • N is the number of retransmitted data bits 6000
  • n is the number of bits 864 of any one of the first data
  • the number of bits is 6,000 bits from the first data set and the second data set according to the number of bits.
  • Retransmit data may be the number of lines interleaved by the transmission version number rv idx and the sub-block
  • the bit length N cb of the Turbo coded block soft buffer is determined.
  • bit selection may be performed in a sequential manner, for example, if the last selected index position is y, then The start bit index position of this bit selection is y+1, and when the tail bit is selected from the data, the selection is continued from the first bit until the required number of bits is collected.
  • the present example differs from the example 1 in that the definition of the first data set is different, the first data set includes all bits of the check packet, and the second data set includes only all check bits of the original packet.
  • the number of bits of retransmitted data is the same as that of instance 1, and bit selection is looped in a sequential manner. select.
  • the first data set includes all system bits of the check packet
  • the second data set includes a check bit of the original packet and a check bit of the check packet, where the preset positive integer N0 is equal to the check packet.
  • N0 the preset positive integer
  • the bit is all bits in all the first data sets; if the number of bits of the second retransmission data is 600 (the value may be preset by the system, or indicated by the receiving end feedback information, or determined by the allocatable resources), The value is less than 432 ⁇ 2, so the selection is still made from the first data set; the other analogy operations can obtain the retransmitted data of the corresponding bits.
  • the first data set includes all system bits of the check packet
  • the second data set includes all bits of the original packet.
  • the first data set includes all system bits of the check packet
  • the second data set includes check bits of the original packet.
  • the bit selection method is similar to the method described above, and details are not described herein again.
  • a wireless data communication system is applicable to a User Equipment (UE) or a base station.
  • the user equipment includes: a mobile device, an access terminal, a user terminal, a subscriber station, a subscriber unit, a mobile station, a remote station, a remote terminal, a user agent, a user equipment, a user equipment, or some other terminology, and the user equipment is used to
  • the base station transmits data, and also includes communication between UEs in the Internet of Things and the like.
  • the user equipment may also be a mobile phone, a car, a tablet, various sensing nodes, and the like.
  • the base station includes an access point (AP), or may be referred to as a Node B, a Radio Network Controller (RNC), an Evolved Node B (eNB), a Base Station Controller (BSC), and a base station.
  • AP access point
  • RNC Radio Network Controller
  • eNB Evolved Node B
  • BSC Base Station Controller
  • Transceiver Station BTS
  • BS Base Station
  • TF Transceiver Function
  • TF Radio Router
  • Radio Transceiver Basic Service Unit
  • ESS Extended Service Unit
  • RBS Radio Base Station
  • a data hybrid retransmission processing method for a receiving end, which receives the transmission data as described in Example 1, and according to the data sent by the transmitting end in the example 1, the receiving end of the present example (the vehicle system) ) Perform receiving processing.
  • the method for receiving the first transmission data includes: receiving 2160 constellation symbols of the first transmission data, performing constellation demodulation on the 2160 symbols to obtain 8640 soft information (log likelihood ratio information); performing the bit selection method according to the example 1
  • the reverse operation is to perform de-rate matching on the 8640 pieces of soft information to obtain 10 pieces of Turbo coded block soft information, and the number of soft information per copy is 1308, wherein the soft information of the selected bit position is set to 0;
  • the method if all decoding results are correct, feeding back information to the transmitting end to indicate correct reception; if the decoding result is wrong, when the ratio of the number of Turbo code errors to the total number of Turbo code blocks is less than or equal to T, then NACK1 is fed back.
  • CRC sequence cyclic redund
  • NACK2 is fed back, indicating retransmission of 8640 bits of retransmission Data, wherein said predetermined threshold value T is a real number greater than 0 and less than 1, in the present example, T is equal to 0.9.
  • the receiving retransmission data processing method includes: receiving a corresponding number of constellation symbols of the retransmitted data, demodulating the constellation symbols to obtain a corresponding soft information sequence; performing the reverse operation according to the retransmission data bit selection method described in Embodiment 1, If there are only 864 soft information check packet bit sequences, the de-rate matching results in a check packet having a soft information number of 1308.
  • the de-rate matching Obtaining soft information of the Turbo code block in the corresponding original packet, wherein the soft information of the selected bit position is set to 0; combining the previously received and currently received soft information of the original packet and the check packet that have been matched by the de-rate Information, for example, if the current reception is the second retransmission of data, the soft information of the jth turbo coded block is:
  • the data is also obtained by combining the same processing method; then the 10 pieces of the de-rate matched Turbo coded block soft information and the check packet soft information are decoded to obtain the source data packet, since the check packet is all Turbo coded blocks.
  • XOR result single parity coding
  • the verification packet also belongs to the Turbo codeword space, and can also perform Turbo decoding
  • the decoding method can be performed by the following steps (iteration method) 1.
  • CRC sequence cyclic redundancy check sequence
  • the decoding result is judged (the decision method is not limited to the above method), if all Turbo codes are decoded correctly, the information ACK is fed back to the transmitting end to indicate correct reception; if the decoding result is wrong, when the number of Turbo codes is wrong and the total Turbo
  • NACK1 is fed back to indicate retransmission of 864 bits of retransmission data
  • NACK2 is fed back to indicate retransmission. 8640 bits of retransmission data, wherein the predetermined threshold T is a real number greater than 0 and less than 1, in this example, T is equal to 0.9.
  • a data transmission direction is a base station transmitting data (downlink transmission service data) to a mobile user, or a data transmission direction is a mobile user transmitting data to a base station.
  • the mobile user includes: a mobile device, an access terminal, a user terminal, a subscriber station, a subscriber unit, a mobile station, a remote station, a remote terminal, a user agent, a user device, a user equipment, or some other terminology.
  • the base station includes an access point (AP), or may be referred to as a Node B, a Radio Network Controller (RNC), an Evolved Node B (eNB), a Base Station Controller (BSC), and a base station.
  • AP access point
  • RNC Radio Network Controller
  • eNB Evolved Node B
  • BSC Base Station Controller
  • Transceiver Station BTS
  • BS Base Station
  • TF Transceiver Function
  • TF Radio Router
  • Radio Transceiver Basic Service Unit
  • ESS Extended Service Unit
  • RBS Radio Base Station
  • a data hybrid retransmission processing method for a receiving end to receive transmission data sent by a transmitting end as follows: the number of bits of the source data packet is 16000, and the number of bits is divided into 16 bits. For a 1000-bit sub-block, a CRC sequence with a bit number of 8 bits is added for each sub-block, and the sub-block is 1 packet after every 2 CRC sequences are added, so there are 8 packets in total, for 8 copies. All the sub-blocks after adding the CRC sequence in the data packet are Turbo-coded to obtain a number of encoded 30-bit Turbo coded blocks. The number of bits per packet is 6072, and the number of bits including 2 bits is the encoded turbo code block.
  • the turbo coding is the same as the coding method in the first embodiment, and the 8 packets of the number of bits of 6072 constitute the original packet; the 16-coded turbo coded block is bit-selected to obtain a rate of 3/4.
  • the bit selection start index position of the turbo matched block after the rate matching in the 0th (first) transmission data is 0, as shown in FIG. 17(a); in the first transmission data.
  • the bit matching start index position of the rate matched Turbo coded block is equal to the 0th index position value plus 1 and the total number of bits of the Turbo coded block is 3036 (the starting index position value is less than 3036); the second time
  • the bit selection start index position of the rate-matched Turbo coded block in the transmission data is equal to the first index position value plus one, and the total number of bits of the turbo code block is 3036; the rate is matched in the third transmission data.
  • the bit selection start index position of the turbo code block is equal to the second index position value plus one, and the total number of bits of the turbo code block is 3036.
  • the present embodiment provides a data hybrid retransmission processing method, which is used for the data receiving side (the mobile user in the downlink and the base station in the uplink), and includes the following steps:
  • each soft data packet includes 2 soft information blocks, and is subjected to de-rate matching to obtain a corresponding Turbo code soft data block.
  • decoding the received transmission data performing Turbo decoding on the 16 soft information blocks after the de-rate matching, obtaining 16 decoding information blocks, that is, obtaining 8 decoding data packets, each of the decoding data packets There are 2 decoding blocks in the middle.
  • At least one of the CRC sequence and whether it belongs to the Turbo code code word space The correctness of the received 8 decoded data packets. If the decoding result is incorrect, sending feedback information to the transmitting end, determining the number of retransmitted data bits from the feedback information and the first transmission data, and selecting one of the following manners to obtain the retransmitted data: a, the retransmitted data from Selecting from the first data set; b, the retransmitted data is selected from at least one of the second data set and the first data set; wherein the first data set is a bit set including at least a check packet system bit, The second data set is a bit set including at least an original packet check bit, and the original packet includes a plurality of data packets, and the check packet is obtained by performing packet coding on the original packet.
  • the number of bits in the packet is 6072, including 2 copies of Turbo coded blocks.
  • the systematic bits of the check packet 1501 are obtained by single parity check coding of system bits of 8 data packets (S0, S1, ..., S7), and the check bits of the check packet 1501 are composed of 8 data.
  • the check bits of the packet (S0, S1, ..., S7) 1500 are obtained by single parity coding, and the systematic bits of each data packet are composed of systematic bits of all Turbo coding blocks belonging to the data packet, and the original packet system bits It is a systematic bit structure of all data packets, and the check bits of each data packet are composed of parity bits of all Turbo coded blocks belonging to the data packet, and the original packet check bits are composed of check bits of all data packets.
  • the preset threshold set is [0 0.2 0.4 0.7 1]
  • the feedback information set is [ACK, NACK0, NACK1, NACK2, NACK3]
  • the preset retransmission data bit number set is [0, 2688, 8000, 16000, 21504]. If the received transmission data error block rate is equal to T0 (ie, equal to 0), feedback information 0 (ie, ACK) is sent, indicating that the number of retransmitted data bits is equal to D0 (ie, equal to 0).
  • step 3 if the received transmission data is correct, feedback information 0 (ACK) indicates correct reception; if the received error rate of the received transmission data is greater than 0 and less than T, the transmission is reversed.
  • the method may include: if the received transmission data is correct, feedback information 0 (ACK), indicating correct reception; if the received transmission data has an error block rate greater than 0 and less than T0
  • Sending feedback information 1 NACK1
  • NACK2 Sending feedback information 1
  • NACK3 sending feedback signal 2
  • NACK3 sending feedback information 3
  • the difference between this example and the examples 1 to 5 lies in the channel coding method, and the channel coding method used is LDPC coding, or Polar coding, or convolutional coding.
  • the full name of the LDPC code is Low Density Parity Check Code (LDPC), which is a linear block code with a sparse check matrix proposed by Dr. Robert G. Gallage in 1963, which not only approximates Shannon. Limited performance, low decoding complexity, flexible structure, has been widely used in deep space communications, fiber-optic communications, satellite digital video and audio broadcasting.
  • the structured LDPC code is defined by a parity check matrix H of size (mb x z) x (nb x z), wherein the parity check matrix H is a base matrix Hb of size mb x nb, a spreading factor z and
  • the basic permutation matrix P is determined by three variables.
  • the hb ij power matrix of all elements in the base matrix Hb is replaced by a full 0 square matrix or a basic permutation matrix P to obtain an expanded parity check matrix H, where hb ij is an element in Hb.
  • the basic matrix Hb is defined as follows.
  • the expanded parity check matrix H is defined as follows.
  • the corresponding check matrices are H 2 and H q , respectively .
  • the element in H 2 is 0 or 1
  • H q is composed of elements 0, 1, ..., q-1
  • the decoding algorithm of the LDPC code includes the following three categories: hard decision decoding, soft decision decoding, and hybrid decoding.
  • the hard decision decoding first performs a hard decision on the received real sequence, and finally sends the obtained hard decision sequence to the hard decision decoder for decoding.
  • Soft decision decoding can make full use of the received channel information (soft information), and the channel information utilization rate is greatly improved, and excellent error performance can be obtained.
  • Hybrid decoding combines the features of soft decision decoding and hard decision decoding.
  • the Polar Code has a definite construction method and is the first and only known channel coding method that can be rigorously proven to "reach" the channel capacity.
  • N 2 n independent binary input channels W, where n is a natural number.
  • a so-called channel combining operation and a channel division operation are performed to obtain N pre-dependent polarization channels.
  • these polarized channels exhibit polarization when the capacity and the capacity remain unchanged: the capacity of one part of the channel increases, and the capacity of the other part decreases.
  • the number of channels used to transmit the free bits is denoted by K, thereby forming a one-to-one mapping relationship from K information bits to N transmission bits, which is polarization coding.
  • K the number of channels used to transmit the free bits
  • SC serial cancellation
  • O(NlogN) the coding and decoding complexity is O(NlogN).
  • the Polar code used in this example is: if a sequence of information with a number of bits K0 is transmitted in one channel, only K0 with the smallest error probability value need to be selected from the N0 polarized channels for transmitting the information sequence, This part of the polarized channel is called the information channel, and the remaining channels transmit some fixed sequences agreed by the receiving end and the transmitting end.
  • the fixed sequence is often set to an all-zero sequence, and the partial channel is called a fixed channel.
  • the fixed channel of the information channel and the fixed sequence is determined, since the number of information sequences is K0, and the N0 information is actually transmitted through the N0 time slots of the channel, it can be regarded as a mapping from the K0 dimensional space to the N0 dimensional space.
  • the polarization code system bit refers to: K0 bits in the polarization coded block of all N0 bits after encoding.
  • the K0 bit is a sequence K0 bit starting from the R1 bit, and if the tail bit is less than K0 bits, continuing from the first bit order, where R1 is an integer greater than or equal to 0; or the polarization coding
  • the N0 bits of the block are arranged in a large to small order according to the magnitude of the influence degree, and the first K0 bit is a system bit, and the influence degree refers to a J bit associated with the ith bit in the polarization coded block, as shown in the figure.
  • An example of polarization coding is shown at 20, if the code rate is 1/2, then the input is from the input.
  • the 4 inputs with the highest reliability are selected as the information sequence, and the output polarization coding block is 8 bits x 1 to x 8 , and the influence degree of the first bit x 1 in the output polarization coding block is 8, and the influence of x 2
  • the degree of the degree is 4, and the degree of influence of the last 6 bits x 3 to x 8 of the polarization coding block is [4 2 4 2 2 1], respectively, then the system bits in the polarization coding block are [x 1 , x 2 , x 3 , x 5 ], the polarization coded input port is
  • the input information bits are group coded, and the coded output bits of each code group are related not only to the information bits of the packet but also to the information bits of other packets at the previous time.
  • the decoding process of the convolutional code not only the decoding information can be obtained from the packet received at the current time, but also the related information is extracted from the previously associated packets. It is precisely because the correlation of each group is fully utilized in the encoding process of the convolutional code that the convolutional code has a fairly good performance gain.
  • the convolutional code adopts a tail-biting convolutional coding method defined in the LTE system, and the tail-biting convolutional code with a constraint length of 7 and a code rate of 1/3 is as shown in FIG.
  • the three data streams are also interleaved by a sub-code block interleaver and then collected by bits.
  • the packet coding method in this example is performed after bit collection, and a check packet of the corresponding number of bits is obtained.
  • a data transmission direction is a base station transmitting data (downlink transmission service data) to a mobile user, or a data transmission direction is a mobile user transmitting data to a base station.
  • the mobile user includes: a mobile device, an access terminal, a user terminal, a subscriber station, a subscriber unit, a mobile station, a remote station, a remote terminal, a user agent, a user device, a user equipment, or some other terminology.
  • the base station includes an access point (AP), or may be referred to as a Node B, a Radio Network Controller (RNC), an Evolved Node B (eNB), a Base Station Controller (BSC), and a base station.
  • AP access point
  • RNC Radio Network Controller
  • eNB Evolved Node B
  • BSC Base Station Controller
  • Transceiver Station BTS
  • BS Base Station
  • TF Transceiver Function
  • TF Radio Router
  • Radio Transceiver Basic Service Unit
  • ESS Extended Service Unit
  • RBS Radio Base Station
  • a length of N 1024 [mu] N vector generated after the Polar matrix code encoding G N to get a length-N vector x N:
  • the generator matrix G N satisfies the following formula:
  • F is the Kronecker F 2 n-th power, and F 2 is given by the formula:
  • B N is a bit flip permutation matrix. if Then the element It is equal to the element ⁇ bn...b2b1 , where b1, . . . , bn is 0 or 1, b1b2...bn, and bn...b2b1 are subscripts of binary numbers.
  • the encoding process obtains the reliability value of 1024 inputs according to the polarization decomposition (Gaussian approximation algorithm) of the channel parameters according to the output bits (less than or equal to 1024), and selects the highest 512 input from the vector ⁇ N according to the reliability level. After adding 512 bits of the sub-block after the CRC sequence, a set of 1024-bit output bits, that is, a polarization coded block, can be obtained.
  • the polarization coding process it is determined that the first 64 output ports are unused ports, and the reliability of each input port is calculated by channel polarization on the rear 960 output port, sorted according to the reliability, and then each CRC is added.
  • the sub-blocks are input to the corresponding input ports, and the corresponding polarization coding block is obtained, and the number of bits is 960.
  • Packet coding facilitates the association of all polarization coding blocks, which can be decoded or iteratively decoded at the receiving end.
  • Each polarization coding block can be updated with information of other coding blocks, which can greatly obtain coding.
  • Gain that is, using a simple coding method to construct a short code block into a channel coding block, thereby obtaining a code length gain, and because of a simple XOR relationship, the decoding complexity of the receiving end is not large.
  • the throughput performance of the communication system is improved, thereby improving the reception robustness of the communication system, and the performance is superior to the conventional data coding scheme.
  • the embodiment of the present application further provides a terminal, including a processor and a machine readable medium, where the machine readable medium stores an instruction, and when the instruction is executed by the processor, the data transmission on the transmitting end side is implemented.
  • a terminal including a processor and a machine readable medium, where the machine readable medium stores an instruction, and when the instruction is executed by the processor, the data transmission on the transmitting end side is implemented.
  • the embodiment of the present application further provides a terminal, including a processor and a machine readable medium, where the machine readable medium stores an instruction, and when the instruction is executed by the processor, the data transmission on the receiving end side is implemented.
  • a terminal including a processor and a machine readable medium, where the machine readable medium stores an instruction, and when the instruction is executed by the processor, the data transmission on the receiving end side is implemented.
  • the embodiment of the present application further provides a machine readable medium storing instructions for implementing the data transmission processing method on the transmitting end side when the instruction is executed by the processor.
  • the embodiment of the present application further provides a machine readable medium storing instructions for implementing the data transmission processing method on the receiving end side when the instruction is executed by the processor.
  • Such software may be distributed on a machine-readable medium, such as a computer-readable medium, which may include computer storage media (or non-transitory media) and communication media (or transitory media).
  • a computer-readable medium includes volatile and nonvolatile, implemented in any method or technology for storing information, such as computer readable instructions, data structures, program modules or other data. Sex, removable and non-removable media.
  • Computer storage media includes, but is not limited to, RAM, ROM, EEPROM, flash memory or other memory technology, CD-ROM, digital versatile disc (DVD) or other optical disc storage, magnetic cartridge, magnetic tape, magnetic disk storage or other magnetic storage device, or may Any other medium used to store the desired information and that can be accessed by the computer.
  • communication media typically includes computer readable instructions, data structures, program modules, or other data in a modulated data signal, such as a carrier wave or other transport mechanism, and can include any information delivery media. .
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a data transmission processing method and apparatus, which can improve system throughput and enhance robustness of data transmission.

Abstract

The present application provides a data transmission processing method and apparatus. The method comprises: receiving feedback information of a reception end; and performing, according the feedback information, data processing by using one of the following modes: dividing a next source data packet to obtain multiple sub data blocks, and adding CRC sequences to the multiple sub data blocks, performing channel coding on the sub data blocks to which the CRC sequences have been added, so as to obtain original packets consisting of multiple channel coding blocks, performing packet coding on the original packets to obtain check packets, and perform bit selection on the multiple channel coding blocks and the check packets, so as to obtain initially-transmitted data; and determining the quantity of bits of retransmitted data, and selecting retransmitted data from a first data set according to the quantity of the bits of retransmitted data, or selecting retransmitted data from the first data set and the second data set, the first data set at least comprising a bit set of check packet system bits, and the second data set at least comprising a bit set of original packet check bits.

Description

一种数据传输处理方法和装置Data transmission processing method and device 技术领域Technical field
本申请涉及但不限于通信领域,尤其涉及一种数据传输处理方法和装置。The present application relates to, but is not limited to, the field of communications, and in particular, to a data transmission processing method and apparatus.
背景技术Background technique
目前,各种手持设备如手机、电子腕表、平板电脑等的大量使用,对无线通信的应用需求迅猛增长。未来各种无线移动服务类型,如电子银行、电子健康和电子学习等等,预计在未来十年需要增加近1000倍的容量需求。以及由现在的以人为中心的通信会逐步转化成大量以物物之间通信,称之为物联网(Internet of Things),这些应用可以使得人类的生活更高效、更舒适和更安全。未来第五代(5G)无线移动标准将逐步设计以满足这些需求。At present, the use of various handheld devices such as mobile phones, electronic watches, tablet computers, etc., the demand for wireless communication applications is growing rapidly. Future types of wireless mobile services, such as e-banking, e-health and e-learning, are expected to increase capacity by nearly 1,000 times over the next decade. And the current human-centered communication will gradually transform into a large number of communication between objects, called the Internet of Things, which can make human life more efficient, more comfortable and safer. Future fifth-generation (5G) wireless mobile standards will be designed to meet these needs.
在无线数字通信系统中,包括发送端和接收端两个大部分,其中一般发送端包括信息源模块、信道编码模块、调制模块以及发射模块等,而接收端则包括接收信号模块、解调模块、信道译码模块和获取信源数据模块等。在数字通信中,信道编码是一个关键模块,主要是为了提高数据传输的可靠性,通过增加信道编码码字的冗余信息将数据在传输过程出现的错误纠正过来,从而可以抵抗信道中的衰落以及各种噪声对传输数据的影响。现在比较常用的信道编码技术,如LDPC(Low Density Parity Check Code,低密度奇偶校验码)编码、Turbo(涡轮)编码、卷积编码、RM(Reed和Muller的首字母)编码、RS(Reed-和Solomon,里德-索罗门)编码、BCH(BCH码取自Bose、Ray-Chaudhuri与Hocquenghem等3个人名的首字母)等。其中,LDPC的校验矩阵非常稀疏,故而译码复杂度不高,同时具有天然的译码并行性,可以并行译码获得比较高的译码吞吐量,而且性能非常接近香农极限,现在LDPC编码方式已用于多种通信系统中;Turbo编码通过两个分量码对信息进行编码,利用两部分分量码进行迭代译码,可以提高译码性能,在中低码率时性能非常好,而且码率和码长可以比较灵活设置,很好适应各种通信数据,在现有的LTE(Long Term Evolution,长期演进)通信系统中主要采用的是Turbo编码方式;卷积编码当前编码输出不仅与当前信息有关还和 以前的若干信息有关,类似于卷积特性,译码效果比较好,在许多系统中也都有使用;RS编码是一种最短码距最大化码,而且译码可以采用流水线式译码,译码速度高速而且吞吐量高。为了让接收端能正确判断接收到的数据包或者编码码字中的信息块是正确的,在数字通信中还需要对数据包或者码字信息块进行校验,即添加一些校验序列,如循环冗余校验序列(CRC,Cyclical Redundancy Check)。In the wireless digital communication system, there are two major parts, a transmitting end and a receiving end, wherein the general transmitting end includes an information source module, a channel encoding module, a modulation module, and a transmitting module, and the receiving end includes a receiving signal module and a demodulating module. , channel decoding module and acquiring source data module. In digital communication, channel coding is a key module, mainly to improve the reliability of data transmission, and to correct the errors in the transmission process by increasing the redundant information of the channel coding codeword, so as to resist the fading in the channel. And the impact of various noises on the transmitted data. More commonly used channel coding techniques, such as LDPC (Low Density Parity Check Code), Turbo (turbo) coding, convolutional coding, RM (Reed and Muller initials) encoding, RS (Reed) - and Solomon, Reed Solomon code, BCH (BCH code is taken from the initials of three names such as Bose, Ray-Chaudhuri and Hocquenghem). Among them, the check matrix of LDPC is very sparse, so the decoding complexity is not high, and it has natural decoding parallelism. It can achieve higher decoding throughput by parallel decoding, and the performance is very close to the Shannon limit. Now LDPC coding The method has been used in a variety of communication systems; Turbo coding encodes information by two component codes, and iterative decoding using two-part component codes can improve decoding performance, and performance is very good at low and medium bit rates, and codes The rate and code length can be flexibly set, and it is well adapted to various communication data. In the existing LTE (Long Term Evolution) communication system, the Turbo coding method is mainly adopted; the current coding output of the convolutional coding is not only current Information related and Some of the previous information is related, similar to convolution characteristics, the decoding effect is better, and it is also used in many systems; RS coding is a shortest code distance maximization code, and decoding can be pipelined decoding. The code speed is high and the throughput is high. In order to enable the receiving end to correctly judge whether the received data packet or the information block in the encoded codeword is correct, in the digital communication, the data packet or the codeword information block needs to be verified, that is, some check sequence is added, such as Cyclic Redundancy Check (CRC).
在实际通信系统中,不仅需要信道编码技术来提高数据传输的可靠性,还需要重传机制来保证数据传输的可靠性和用户体验。常用的重传方法为混合自动重传请求(Hybrid Automatic Repeat reQuest,HARQ),是一种将前向纠错编码(FEC,Forward Error Correction)和自动重传请求(ARQ,Automatic Repeat Request)相结合而形成的技术。传统HARQ方案,它仅在ARQ的基础上引入了信道编码,即对发送数据包增加循环冗余校验(CRC)比特并进行前向信道编码。接收端对接收的数据进行信道译码和CRC校验,如果有错则放弃错误分组的数据,并向发送端反馈NACK(Negative Acknowledgement,否定应答)信息请求重传与上一帧相同的数据包。一般来说,通信系统中,物理层都会设置最大重传次数的限制,防止由于信道长期处于恶劣的慢衰落而导致某个用户的数据包不断地重发,从而浪费信道资源。如果达到最大的重传次数时,接收端仍不能正确译码,则确定该数据包传输错误并丢弃该包,然后通知发送端发送新的数据包。还有另一种完全增量冗余方案,在这种方案下,信息比特经过编码后,将编码后的校验比特按照一定的周期打孔,根据码率兼容原则依次发送给接收端。接收端对已传的错误分组并不丢弃,而是与接收到的重传分组组合进行译码;其中重传数据并不是已传数据的简单复制,而是附加了冗余信息。接收端每次都进行组合译码,将之前接收的所有比特组合形成更低码率的码字,从而可以获得更大的编码增益,达到递增冗余的目的。以及还有多状态反馈信息的重传机制,即重传数据的比特数目由反馈信息进行指示,由于多状态反馈信息不仅仅携带了接收端正确与否的信息,而且还携带了一些与信道相关的信息,进而可以使得重传数据的比特数目和编码调制方案(MCS,Modulation Code Scheme)更加灵活配置。In the actual communication system, not only channel coding technology is needed to improve the reliability of data transmission, but also a retransmission mechanism is needed to ensure the reliability and user experience of data transmission. A commonly used retransmission method is Hybrid Automatic Repeat ReQuest (HARQ), which combines Forward Error Correction (FEC) and Automatic Repeat Request (ARQ). And the technology formed. The traditional HARQ scheme, which introduces channel coding only on the basis of ARQ, adds cyclic redundancy check (CRC) bits to the transmitted data packet and performs forward channel coding. The receiving end performs channel decoding and CRC check on the received data, and discards the data of the erroneous packet if there is an error, and feeds back NACK (Negative Acknowledgement) information to the transmitting end to request retransmission of the same data packet as the previous frame. . Generally, in a communication system, the physical layer sets a limit on the maximum number of retransmissions to prevent a user's data packets from being continuously retransmitted due to long-term bad slow fading of the channel, thereby wasting channel resources. If the maximum number of retransmissions is reached, the receiving end still cannot correctly decode, then the packet transmission error is determined and the packet is discarded, and then the transmitting end is notified to send a new data packet. There is another full incremental redundancy scheme. Under this scheme, after the information bits are encoded, the encoded parity bits are punctured according to a certain period, and are sequentially sent to the receiving end according to the code rate compatibility principle. The receiving end does not discard the transmitted error packets, but combines them with the received retransmission packets for decoding; wherein the retransmission data is not a simple copy of the transmitted data, but additional redundant information. The receiving end performs combined decoding every time, and combines all the bits received before to form a codeword with a lower code rate, thereby obtaining a larger coding gain and achieving the purpose of increasing redundancy. And the retransmission mechanism of the multi-state feedback information, that is, the number of bits of the retransmitted data is indicated by the feedback information, because the multi-state feedback information not only carries the information of the correctness of the receiving end, but also carries some channel-related information. The information, in turn, allows for a more flexible configuration of the number of bits of the retransmitted data and the Modulation Code Scheme (MCS).
尽管以上所述的数据混合重传方法中都会获得一定的吞吐量性能,但是 由于其重传过程中都是对原始包中的所有信道编码块进行增量冗余重传的,问题在于:有些信道编码块也许已经接收正确了,如果源数据包接收错误,还是要重传那些译码正确的信道编码块的冗余数据(此时无需再重传该部分数据),这样会大大降低重传数据的效率,从而降低系统吞吐量。而且,在未来5G无线移动通信系统或者其他通信(WiFi通信,各种设备之间通信等)中,都需要传输大量的数据以支持各种用户应用需求以及提高用户体验。Although the data hybrid retransmission method described above will achieve a certain throughput performance, but Since all the channel coding blocks in the original packet are incrementally retransmitted during the retransmission process, the problem is that some channel coding blocks may have been received correctly, and if the source data packet is received incorrectly, it is still retransmitted. Redundant data that decodes the correct channel coding block (there is no need to retransmit the data at this time), which greatly reduces the efficiency of retransmitting data, thereby reducing system throughput. Moreover, in the future 5G wireless mobile communication system or other communication (WiFi communication, communication between various devices, etc.), a large amount of data needs to be transmitted to support various user application requirements and improve the user experience.
发明概述Summary of invention
以下是对本文详细描述的主题的概述。本概述并非是为了限制权利要求的保护范围。The following is an overview of the topics detailed in this document. This Summary is not intended to limit the scope of the claims.
本申请为了满足越来越高的通信系统吞吐量的要求以及提升每次HARQ传输的效率,本申请提供一种数据传输处理方法和装置,可以提高通信系统的吞吐量和效率。In order to meet the requirements of higher and higher communication system throughput and improve the efficiency of each HARQ transmission, the present application provides a data transmission processing method and apparatus, which can improve the throughput and efficiency of the communication system.
第一方面,本申请实施例提供一种数据传输处理方法,用于发送端,包括:In a first aspect, the embodiment of the present application provides a data transmission processing method, which is used by a sending end, and includes:
接收接收端的反馈信息,根据所述反馈信息,按以下方式之一进行数据处理:Receiving feedback information of the receiving end, according to the feedback information, performing data processing in one of the following ways:
方式一、对下一个源数据包进行分割获得多份子数据块,对所述多份子数据块分别添加CRC序列,对所述添加CRC序列后的子数据块分别进行信道编码获得由多份信道编码块构成的原始包,对所述原始包进行包编码获得校验包,对所述多份信道编码块和校验包进行比特选择获得首传数据;The first method comprises: dividing a next source data packet to obtain a plurality of sub-blocks, adding a CRC sequence to the plurality of sub-blocks, and performing channel coding on the sub-blocks after adding the CRC sequence to obtain multiple channel coding. An original packet formed by the block, performing packet coding on the original packet to obtain a verification packet, and performing bit selection on the multiple channel coding block and the verification packet to obtain first transmission data;
方式二、确定重传数据比特数目,根据所述重传数据比特数目从第一数据集合中选择所述重传数据,或者从第一数据集合和第二数据集合中选择所述重传数据;其中,所述第一数据集合至少包括校验包系统比特的比特集合;所述第二数据集合至少包括原始包校验比特的比特集合;所述原始包包括多份数据包,所述校验包是对所述原始包进行包编码获得。Manner 2: determining a number of retransmitted data bits, selecting the retransmitted data from the first data set according to the number of retransmitted data bits, or selecting the retransmitted data from the first data set and the second data set; The first data set includes at least a bit set of a check packet system bit; the second data set includes at least a bit set of original packet check bits; the original packet includes a plurality of data packets, the check The packet is obtained by packet encoding the original packet.
在示例性实施方式中,若所述反馈信息指示接收错误,则按方式二进行处理。 In an exemplary embodiment, if the feedback information indicates a reception error, the processing is performed in the second mode.
在示例性实施方式中,当所述重传数据比特数目小于或者等于N0时,从第一数据集合中选择所述重传数据;其中,N0为正整数。In an exemplary embodiment, when the number of retransmitted data bits is less than or equal to N0, the retransmission data is selected from the first data set; wherein N0 is a positive integer.
在示例性实施方式中,对所述原始包进行包编码获得校验包,包括:In an exemplary embodiment, performing packet encoding on the original packet to obtain a verification packet includes:
对所述原始包中包括的E份数据包的相同索引的E比特构成的比特集合进行校验编码,获得n份长度为e比特的校验集合,所述n份校验集合中索引为i的n比特构成第i个子校验包,i=0,1,…,(e-1),获得e份子校验包,所述校验包包括所述e份子校验包,其中,E是所述原始包中数据包数目,n是所述原始包中的数据包比特数目,e是大于0的整数,所述校验编码采用以下编码方式之一:单奇偶校验编码、BCH编码、RM编码、RS编码。Performing check coding on a bit set formed by E bits of the same index of the E packets included in the original packet, and obtaining n check sets having a length of e bits, where the index in the n check sets is i n bits constitute an ith sub-check packet, i=0, 1, ..., (e-1), obtain an e-sub-check packet, the check packet includes the e-sub-check packet, where E is The number of data packets in the original packet, n is the number of data packet bits in the original packet, and e is an integer greater than 0, and the check coding adopts one of the following coding modes: single parity coding, BCH coding, RM coding, RS coding.
在示例性实施方式中,当校验编码采用单奇偶校验编码时,所述校验包包含1个子校验包。In an exemplary embodiment, when the check code employs a single parity code, the check packet includes 1 sub-check packet.
在示例性实施方式中,所述第一数据集合包括以下之一:校验包的所有比特、校验包的所有系统比特。In an exemplary embodiment, the first set of data includes one of: verifying all bits of the packet, all system bits of the check packet.
在示例性实施方式中,所述第二数据集合包括以下之一:原始包的所有校验比特、原始包的所有比特、原始包的所有校验比特和校验包的所有校验比特。In an exemplary embodiment, the second set of data includes one of: all check bits of the original packet, all bits of the original packet, all check bits of the original packet, and all check bits of the check packet.
在示例性实施方式中,所述N0为首传数据中任一份数据包比特数目的T倍或者校验包中任一份子校验包系统比特数目的T倍,其中,T是正整数。In an exemplary embodiment, the N0 is T times the number of bits of any one of the first pass data or T times the number of bits of any one of the check packets in the check packet, where T is a positive integer.
在示例性实施方式中,当所述重传数据比特数目大于N0时,从第一数据集合和第二数据集合中选择所述重传数据,根据以下至少之一确定重传数据中每份子校验包的比特数目和每份数据包的比特数目:首传数据总比特数目、原始包中数据包数目、原始包中任一数据包的比特数目、重传数据总比特数目、调制阶数、重传数据资源数目;其中,N0为正整数。In an exemplary embodiment, when the number of retransmitted data bits is greater than N0, the retransmission data is selected from the first data set and the second data set, and each sub-school in the retransmitted data is determined according to at least one of the following: The number of bits of the packet and the number of bits per packet: the total number of bits of the first transmission data, the number of packets in the original packet, the number of bits of any packet in the original packet, the total number of bits of retransmitted data, the modulation order, Retransmit the number of data resources; where N0 is a positive integer.
在示例性实施方式中,所述重传数据中多份子校验包的总比特数目等于所述首传数据总比特数目与所述重传数据中所有多份数据包总比特数目的差值;或者,等于所述重传资源数目和所述调制阶数的乘积与所述重传数据中所有多份数据包总比特数目的差值;或者,等于所述重传数据总比特数目与所述重传数据中所有多份数据包总比特数目的差值。 In an exemplary embodiment, a total number of bits of the plurality of sub-check packets in the retransmission data is equal to a difference between a total number of bits of the first transmission data and a total number of bits of all the plurality of data packets in the retransmission data; Or equal to a difference between a product of the number of retransmitted resources and the modulation order and a total number of bits of all the plurality of data packets in the retransmitted data; or equal to a total number of bits of the retransmitted data and the Retransmits the difference in the total number of bits of all packets in the data.
在示例性实施方式中,所述重传数据比特数目包括以下至少之一:重传资源数目和调制阶数的乘积;首传数据总比特数目;预设的一个正整数。In an exemplary embodiment, the number of retransmitted data bits includes at least one of: a product of a number of retransmission resources and a modulation order; a total number of bits of the first transmission data; and a preset positive integer.
在示例性实施方式中,若所述反馈信息指示错误接收,则所述重传数据比特数目是大于或者等于首传数据中的任一份数据包的比特数目且小于或者等于首传数据总比特数目的一个整数。In an exemplary embodiment, if the feedback information indicates erroneous reception, the number of retransmitted data bits is greater than or equal to the number of bits of any one of the first transmission data and is less than or equal to the total amount of the first transmission data. An integer of the number.
在示例性实施方式中,所述反馈信息至少包括2种错误状态,用于指示重传数据比特数目分别为:首传数据总比特数目、首传数据中的任一份数据包的比特数目。In an exemplary embodiment, the feedback information includes at least two error states, which are used to indicate that the number of retransmitted data bits is respectively: the total number of bits of the first transmission data, and the number of bits of any one of the first transmission data.
在示例性实施方式中,所述确定重传数据比特数目,可以包括:In an exemplary embodiment, the determining the number of retransmitted data bits may include:
根据所述反馈信息从预设重传数据比特数目集合中确定重传数据比特数目,其中,预设重传数据比特数目集合包括a个元素,第i-1元素值小于第i元素值,i=2,…,(a-1),a是大于1的整数。Determining, according to the feedback information, a number of retransmitted data bits from a preset retransmission data bit number set, where the preset retransmission data bit number set includes a elements, and the i-1th element value is smaller than the i th element value, i =2,...,(a-1), a is an integer greater than one.
在示例性实施方式中,所述预设重传数据比特数目集合中,第2元素值等于首传数据中的任一份数据包的比特数目。In an exemplary embodiment, in the preset retransmission data bit number set, the second element value is equal to the number of bits of any one of the first transmission data.
在示例性实施方式中,所述预设重传数据比特数目集合中,第i元素值等于第i-1元素值加ΔD,其中,i=2,…,(a-1),ΔD是大于1的整数。In an exemplary embodiment, in the preset retransmission data bit number set, the i-th element value is equal to the i-th element value plus ΔD, where i=2, . . . , (a-1), ΔD is greater than An integer of 1.
在示例性实施方式中,所述ΔD等于2的正整数次幂,或者等于首传数据中的任一份数据包的比特数目的Z倍,其中,Z是大于0的整数。In an exemplary embodiment, the ΔD is equal to a positive integer power of 2, or is equal to Z times the number of bits of any one of the first transmission data, where Z is an integer greater than zero.
在示例性实施方式中,所述预设重传数据比特数目集合中至少包括1个元素值等于0的元素。In an exemplary embodiment, the preset retransmission data bit number set includes at least one element whose element value is equal to 0.
在示例性实施方式中,所述预设重传数据比特数目集合中,第2元素值大于或者等于首传数据中的任一份数据包的比特数目,尾元素值大于或者等于首传数据总比特数目。In an exemplary embodiment, in the preset retransmission data bit number set, the second element value is greater than or equal to the number of bits of any one of the first transmission data, and the tail element value is greater than or equal to the total transmission data. The number of bits.
在示例性实施方式中,若所述反馈信息指示数据接收正确,则按方式一进行处理。In an exemplary embodiment, if the feedback information indicates that the data is received correctly, the processing is performed in the first mode.
在示例性实施方式中,所述原始包中包含E份数据包,其中,第j份数据包中包含Cj份编码后信道编码块;所述原始包校验比特是原始包中所有信道编码块的校验比特,所述校验包系统比特是原始包系统比特进行包编码得 到,原始包系统比特是原始包中所有信道编码块的系统比特,校验包校验比特是原始包校验比特进行包编码得到;其中,E是正整数,j=0,1,…,(E-1),Cj是正整数;所述信道编码是以下编码方式之一:turbo编码、LDPC编码、卷积编码、Polar编码。In an exemplary embodiment, the original packet includes an E-packet, wherein the j-th packet includes a Cj-coded channel coding block; and the original packet check bit is all channel coding blocks in the original packet. Check bit, the check packet system bit is the original packet system bit for packet encoding The original packet system bit is the systematic bit of all channel coding blocks in the original packet, and the check packet check bit is the original packet check bit for packet coding; wherein E is a positive integer, j=0, 1, ..., ( E-1), Cj is a positive integer; the channel coding is one of the following coding methods: turbo coding, LDPC coding, convolutional coding, and Polar coding.
第二方面,本申请实施例还提供一种数据传输处理方法,用于接收端,包括:In a second aspect, the embodiment of the present application further provides a data transmission processing method, which is used by the receiving end, and includes:
接收发送端的传输数据并进行解码;Receiving transmission data of the transmitting end and decoding;
根据解码结果,向发送端发送反馈信息,其中,所述反馈信息用于指示所述发送端按以下方式之一进行数据处理:Sending feedback information to the sending end according to the decoding result, where the feedback information is used to instruct the sending end to perform data processing in one of the following manners:
方式一、对下一个源数据包进行分割获得多份子数据块,对所述多份子数据块分别添加CRC序列,对所述添加CRC序列后的子数据块分别进行信道编码获得由多份信道编码块构成的原始包,对所述原始包进行包编码获得校验包,对所述多份信道编码块和校验包进行比特选择获得首传数据;The first method comprises: dividing a next source data packet to obtain a plurality of sub-blocks, adding a CRC sequence to the plurality of sub-blocks, and performing channel coding on the sub-blocks after adding the CRC sequence to obtain multiple channel coding. An original packet formed by the block, performing packet coding on the original packet to obtain a verification packet, and performing bit selection on the multiple channel coding block and the verification packet to obtain first transmission data;
方式二、确定重传数据比特数目,根据所述重传数据比特数目从第一数据集合中选择所述重传数据,或者从第一数据集合和第二数据集合中选择所述重传数据;其中,所述第一数据集合至少包括校验包系统比特的比特集合;所述第二数据集合至少包括原始包校验比特的比特集合;所述原始包包括多份数据包,所述校验包是对所述原始包进行包编码获得。Manner 2: determining a number of retransmitted data bits, selecting the retransmitted data from the first data set according to the number of retransmitted data bits, or selecting the retransmitted data from the first data set and the second data set; The first data set includes at least a bit set of a check packet system bit; the second data set includes at least a bit set of original packet check bits; the original packet includes a plurality of data packets, the check The packet is obtained by packet encoding the original packet.
在示例性实施方式中,若所述解码结果错误,所述反馈信息用于指示所述发送端按照方式一或方式二进行数据处理;若所述解码结果正确,所述反馈信息用于指示所述发送端按照方式一进行数据处理。In an exemplary embodiment, if the decoding result is incorrect, the feedback information is used to indicate that the sending end performs data processing according to mode one or mode two; if the decoding result is correct, the feedback information is used to indicate The sender performs data processing in accordance with mode one.
在示例性实施方式中,若所述接收的传输数据误码块率等于0,发送反馈信息0,用于指示发送端按方式一进行处理;在所述接收的传输数据误码块率不为0时,若所述接收的传输数据误码块率大于T(i-1)且小于或等于Ti,发送反馈信息i,用于指示重传数据比特数目等于Di;其中,Ti是预设阈值集合T的第i个元素,且T(i-1)<Ti,反馈信息i是预设反馈信息集合中第i个元素,Di是预设重传数据比特数目集合D中第i个元素,Di是大于0的整数,且D(i-1)<Di;预设阈值集合T包括a个元素且其中首和尾元素值分别等于0和1,预设反馈信息集合包括a个元素,预设重传数据比特数目集合 包括a个元素,a是大于1的整数,所述误码块率是接收Q份传输数据中的所有误码块数目与所述接收Q份传输数据中所有信道编码块数目的比值,其中,Q是正整数。In an exemplary embodiment, if the received transmission data error block rate is equal to 0, the feedback information 0 is sent to indicate that the transmitting end performs processing according to mode one; and the received transmission data error block rate is not 0, if the received transmission data error block rate is greater than T(i-1) and less than or equal to Ti, the feedback information i is sent to indicate that the number of retransmitted data bits is equal to Di; wherein Ti is a preset threshold The i-th element of the set T, and T(i-1)<Ti, the feedback information i is the i-th element in the preset feedback information set, and Di is the i-th element in the set D of the preset retransmission data bits. Di is an integer greater than 0, and D(i-1)<Di; the preset threshold set T includes a elements and wherein the first and last element values are equal to 0 and 1, respectively, and the preset feedback information set includes a elements, Set the number of retransmitted data bits Including a element, a is an integer greater than 1, and the error block rate is a ratio of the number of all error blocks in the received Q share transmission data to the number of all channel coding blocks in the received Q share transmission data, where Q is a positive integer.
在示例性实施方式中,所述预设重传数据比特数目集合D中,第i元素值等于第i-1元素值加ΔD,其中,i=2,…,(a-1),ΔD是大于1的整数。In an exemplary embodiment, in the preset retransmission data bit number set D, the i-th element value is equal to the i-th element value plus ΔD, where i=2, . . . , (a-1), ΔD is An integer greater than one.
在示例性实施方式中,所述预设重传数据比特数目集合D中,第2元素值D1等于首传数据中的任一份数据包的比特数目,D(a-1)大于或等于首传数据总比特数目。In an exemplary embodiment, in the preset retransmission data bit number set D, the second element value D1 is equal to the number of bits of any one of the first transmission data, and D(a-1) is greater than or equal to the first The total number of bits of data transmitted.
第三方面,本申请实施例还提供一种数据传输处理装置,设置于发送端,包括:In a third aspect, the embodiment of the present application further provides a data transmission processing device, which is disposed at the sending end, and includes:
第一接收模块,设置为接收接收端的反馈信息;The first receiving module is configured to receive feedback information of the receiving end;
首传数据处理模块,包括:分割单元,设置为对源数据包进行分割获得多份子数据块;添加单元,设置为对所述多份子数据块分别添加CRC序列;信道编码单元,设置为对所述添加CRC序列后的子数据块分别进行信道编码获得由多份信道编码块构成的原始包;包编码单元,设置为对所述原始包进行包编码获得校验包;第一比特选择单元,设置为对所述多份信道编码块和校验包进行比特选择获得首传数据;The first data processing module includes: a dividing unit configured to split the source data packet to obtain a plurality of sub-data blocks; and adding a unit, configured to add a CRC sequence to the plurality of sub-data blocks respectively; and the channel coding unit is set as a pair The sub-blocks after adding the CRC sequence are respectively subjected to channel coding to obtain an original packet composed of a plurality of channel coding blocks; the packet coding unit is configured to perform packet coding on the original packet to obtain a parity packet; the first bit selection unit, Setting to perform bit selection on the plurality of channel coding blocks and check packets to obtain first transmission data;
重传数据处理模块,包括:确定单元,设置为确定重传数据比特数目;第二比特选择单元,设置为根据所述重传数据比特数目从第一数据集合中选择所述重传数据,或者从第一数据集合和第二数据集合中选择所述重传数据;Retransmitting the data processing module, comprising: a determining unit, configured to determine a number of retransmitted data bits; and a second bit selecting unit configured to select the retransmitted data from the first data set according to the number of retransmitted data bits, or Selecting the retransmitted data from the first data set and the second data set;
其中,所述第一数据集合至少包括校验包系统比特的比特集合;所述第二数据集合至少包括原始包校验比特的比特集合;所述原始包包括多份数据包,所述校验包是对所述原始包进行包编码获得。The first data set includes at least a bit set of a check packet system bit; the second data set includes at least a bit set of original packet check bits; the original packet includes a plurality of data packets, the check The packet is obtained by packet encoding the original packet.
在示例性实施方式中,所述第二比特选择单元,还设置为当所述重传数据比特数目小于或者等于N0时,从第一数据集合中选择所述重传数据;其中,N0为正整数。In an exemplary embodiment, the second bit selection unit is further configured to select the retransmission data from the first data set when the number of retransmitted data bits is less than or equal to N0; wherein N0 is positive Integer.
在示例性实施方式中,所述重传数据处理模块还包括包编码单元;所述包编码单元包括:校验编码子单元和校验包获取子单元; In an exemplary embodiment, the retransmission data processing module further includes a packet encoding unit; the packet encoding unit includes: a check encoding subunit and a check packet acquiring subunit;
所述校验编码子单元,设置为对所述原始包中包括的E份数据包的相同索引的E比特构成的比特集合进行校验编码,获得n份长度为e比特的校验集合;The check coding subunit is configured to perform check coding on a bit set formed by E bits of the same index of the E packets included in the original packet, to obtain n check sets having a length of e bits;
所述校验包获取子单元,设置为将所述n份校验集合中索引为i的n比特构成第i个子校验包,i=0,1,…,(e-1),获得e份子校验包,所述校验包包括所述e份子校验包,其中,E是所述原始包中数据包数目,n是所述原始包中的数据包比特数目,e是大于0的整数,所述校验编码采用以下编码方式之一:单奇偶校验编码、BCH编码、RM编码、RS编码。The check packet acquisition subunit is configured to form an i-th sub-check packet, i=0, 1, . . . , (e-1), to obtain an e-index of i in the n check sets. a verification packet, wherein the verification packet includes the e-sub-check packet, where E is the number of data packets in the original packet, n is the number of data packet bits in the original packet, and e is greater than 0. An integer, the check coding adopts one of the following coding methods: single parity coding, BCH coding, RM coding, and RS coding.
在示例性实施方式中,所述第二比特选择单元,还设置为当所述重传数据比特数目大于N0时,从第一数据集合和第二数据集合中选择所述重传数据,根据以下至少之一确定重传数据中每份子校验包的比特数目和每份数据包的比特数目:首传数据总比特数目、原始包中数据包数目、原始包中任一数据包的比特数目、重传数据总比特数目、调制阶数、重传数据资源数目;其中,N0为正整数。In an exemplary embodiment, the second bit selecting unit is further configured to: when the number of retransmitted data bits is greater than N0, select the retransmitted data from the first data set and the second data set, according to the following At least one of determining the number of bits per sub-check packet in the retransmitted data and the number of bits per packet: the total number of bits of the first transmitted data, the number of packets in the original packet, the number of bits of any packet in the original packet, The total number of bits of the data, the modulation order, and the number of retransmitted data resources are retransmitted; wherein N0 is a positive integer.
在示例性实施方式中,若接收端的反馈信息指示错误接收,则所述重传数据比特数目是大于或者等于首传数据中的任一份数据包的比特数目且小于或者等于首传数据总比特数目的一个整数。In an exemplary embodiment, if the feedback information of the receiving end indicates erroneous reception, the number of retransmitted data bits is greater than or equal to the number of bits of any one of the first transmission data and is less than or equal to the total bit of the first transmission data. An integer of the number.
在示例性实施方式中,所述第二比特选择单元,还设置根据接收端的反馈信息从预设重传数据比特数目集合中确定重传数据比特数目,其中,预设重传数据比特数目集合包括a个元素,预设重传数据比特数目集合中的首元素值等于0,且第i-1元素值小于第i元素值,i=2,…,(a-1),a是大于1的整数。In an exemplary embodiment, the second bit selection unit further configured to determine, according to the feedback information of the receiving end, the number of retransmitted data bits from the preset retransmitted data bit number set, where the preset retransmitted data bit number set includes a element, the first element value in the set of preset retransmission data bits is equal to 0, and the value of the i-1th element is smaller than the value of the i-th element, i=2,..., (a-1), a is greater than 1. Integer.
第四方面,本申请实施例还提供一种数据传输处理装置,设置于接收端,包括:In a fourth aspect, the embodiment of the present application further provides a data transmission processing device, which is disposed at the receiving end, and includes:
第二接收模块,设置为接收发送端的传输数据并进行解码;a second receiving module, configured to receive transmission data of the transmitting end and perform decoding;
反馈模块,设置为根据解码结果,向发送端发送反馈信息,其中,所述反馈信息用于指示所述发送端按以下方式之一进行处理:The feedback module is configured to send feedback information to the sending end according to the decoding result, where the feedback information is used to instruct the sending end to process in one of the following manners:
方式一、对下一个源数据包进行分割获得多份子数据块,对所述多份子 数据块分别添加CRC序列,对所述添加CRC序列后的子数据块分别进行信道编码获得由多份信道编码块构成的原始包,对所述原始包进行包编码获得校验包,对所述多份信道编码块和校验包进行比特选择获得首传数据;Method 1: segmenting the next source data packet to obtain a plurality of sub-data blocks, and the plurality of sub-data blocks Adding a CRC sequence to the data block, performing channel coding on the sub-blocks after adding the CRC sequence to obtain an original packet composed of a plurality of channel coding blocks, and performing packet coding on the original packet to obtain a verification packet, where Multiple channel coding blocks and check packets are bit-selected to obtain first-pass data;
方式二、确定重传数据比特数目,根据所述重传数据比特数目从第一数据集合中选择所述重传数据,或者从第一数据集合和第二数据集合中选择所述重传数据;其中,所述第一数据集合至少包括校验包系统比特的比特集合;所述第二数据集合至少包括原始包校验比特的比特集合;所述原始包包括多份数据包,所述校验包是对所述原始包进行包编码获得。Manner 2: determining a number of retransmitted data bits, selecting the retransmitted data from the first data set according to the number of retransmitted data bits, or selecting the retransmitted data from the first data set and the second data set; The first data set includes at least a bit set of a check packet system bit; the second data set includes at least a bit set of original packet check bits; the original packet includes a plurality of data packets, the check The packet is obtained by packet encoding the original packet.
在示例性实施方式中,若所述解码结果错误,所述反馈信息用于指示所述发送端按照方式一或方式二进行数据处理;若所述解码结果正确,所述反馈信息用于指示所述发送端按照方式一进行数据处理。In an exemplary embodiment, if the decoding result is incorrect, the feedback information is used to indicate that the sending end performs data processing according to mode one or mode two; if the decoding result is correct, the feedback information is used to indicate The sender performs data processing in accordance with mode one.
在示例性实施方式中,所述反馈模块,还设置为:若所述接收的传输数据误码块率等于0,发送反馈信息0,用于指示发送端按方式一进行处理;在所述接收的传输数据误码块率不为0时,若所述接收的传输数据误码块率大于T(i-1)且小于或等于Ti,发送反馈信息i,用于指示重传数据比特数目等于Di;其中,Ti是预设阈值集合T的第i个元素,且T(i-1)<Ti,反馈信息i是预设反馈信息集合中第i个元素,Di是预设重传数据比特数目集合D中第i个元素,Di是大于0的整数,且D(i-1)<Di;预设阈值集合T包括a个元素且其中首和尾元素值分别等于0和1,预设反馈信息集合包括a个元素,预设重传数据比特数目集合包括a个元素,a是大于1的整数,所述误码块率是Q份接收传输数据中的所有误码块数目与所述Q份接收传输数据中所有信道编码块数目的比值,其中,Q是正整数。In an exemplary embodiment, the feedback module is further configured to: if the received transmission data error block rate is equal to 0, send feedback information 0, to indicate that the sending end performs processing according to mode one; If the received data error block rate is not 0, if the received transmission data error block rate is greater than T(i-1) and less than or equal to Ti, the feedback information i is sent to indicate that the number of retransmitted data bits is equal to Di; where Ti is the i-th element of the preset threshold set T, and T(i-1)<Ti, the feedback information i is the i-th element in the preset feedback information set, and Di is the preset retransmission data bit The i-th element of the number set D, Di is an integer greater than 0, and D(i-1)<Di; the preset threshold set T includes a elements and wherein the first and last element values are equal to 0 and 1, respectively, The feedback information set includes a elements, the preset retransmission data bit number set includes a elements, a is an integer greater than 1, and the error block rate is the number of all error blocks in the Q shares received transmission data and the The Q shares receive a ratio of the number of all channel coding blocks in the transmission data, where Q is a positive integer.
第五方面,本申请实施例还提供一种数据传输处理方法,用于发送端,包括:In a fifth aspect, the embodiment of the present application further provides a data transmission processing method, which is used by the sending end, and includes:
接收接收端的反馈信息;Receiving feedback information of the receiving end;
在接收端的反馈信息指示接收错误时,确定重传数据比特数目;根据所述重传数据比特数目从第一数据集合中选择重传数据,或者,从第一数据集合和第二数据集合中选择所述重传数据;Determining a number of retransmitted data bits when the feedback information at the receiving end indicates a receiving error; selecting retransmission data from the first data set according to the number of retransmitted data bits, or selecting from the first data set and the second data set Retransmitting data;
其中,所述第一数据集合至少包括校验包系统比特的比特集合;所述第 二数据集合至少包括原始包校验比特的比特集合;所述原始包包括多份数据包,所述校验包是对所述原始包进行包编码获得的。The first data set includes at least a bit set of a check packet system bit; The two data sets include at least a bit set of original packet check bits; the original packet includes a plurality of data packets, and the check packet is obtained by performing packet encoding on the original packet.
在示例性实施方式中,上述方法还可以包括:在接收端的反馈信息指示数据接收正确时,或者,在接收端的反馈信息指示接收错误时,对下一个源数据包进行分割获得多份子数据块,对所述多份子数据块分别添加循环冗余校验CRC序列,对所述添加CRC序列后的子数据块分别进行信道编码获得由多份信道编码块构成的原始包,对所述原始包进行包编码获得校验包,对所述多份信道编码块和校验包进行比特选择获得首传数据。In an exemplary embodiment, the method may further include: when the feedback information of the receiving end indicates that the data is received correctly, or when the feedback information of the receiving end indicates the receiving error, segmenting the next source data packet to obtain a plurality of sub-data blocks, Adding a cyclic redundancy check CRC sequence to the plurality of sub-blocks, performing channel coding on the sub-blocks after adding the CRC sequence to obtain an original packet composed of a plurality of channel coding blocks, and performing the original packet The packet coding obtains a verification packet, and performs bit selection on the plurality of channel coding blocks and the verification packet to obtain first transmission data.
在示例性实施方式中,所述接收接收端的反馈信息之前,上述方法还可以包括:In an exemplary embodiment, before the receiving the feedback information of the receiving end, the foregoing method may further include:
对一个源数据包进行分割获得多份子数据块,对所述多份子数据块分别添加循环冗余校验CRC序列,对所述添加CRC序列后的子数据块分别进行信道编码获得由多份信道编码块构成的原始包,对所述原始包进行包编码获得校验包,对所述多份信道编码块和校验包进行比特选择获得首传数据;Segmenting a source data packet to obtain a plurality of partial data data blocks, adding a cyclic redundancy check CRC sequence to the plurality of partial data data blocks, and separately performing channel coding on the sub-data blocks after adding the CRC sequence to obtain multiple channels An original packet consisting of a coding block, performing packet coding on the original packet to obtain a verification packet, and performing bit selection on the multiple channel coding block and the verification packet to obtain first transmission data;
传输获得的首传数据。The first pass data obtained by the transmission.
在示例性实施方式中,当所述重传数据比特数目小于或者等于N0时,从第一数据集合中选择所述重传数据;In an exemplary embodiment, when the number of retransmitted data bits is less than or equal to N0, the retransmission data is selected from the first data set;
当所述重传数据比特数目大于N0时,从第一数据集合和第二数据集合中选择所述重传数据,根据以下至少之一确定重传数据中每份子校验包的比特数目和每份数据包的比特数目:首传数据总比特数目、原始包中数据包数目、原始包中任一数据包的比特数目、重传数据总比特数目、调制阶数、重传数据资源数目;其中,N0为正整数。When the number of retransmitted data bits is greater than N0, the retransmission data is selected from the first data set and the second data set, and the number of bits and each bit of each sub-check packet in the retransmitted data is determined according to at least one of the following: Number of bits of the data packet: the total number of bits of the first transmission data, the number of data packets in the original packet, the number of bits of any data packet in the original packet, the total number of bits of retransmitted data, the modulation order, and the number of retransmitted data resources; , N0 is a positive integer.
此外,本申请实施例还提供一种终端,包括处理器以及机器可读介质,所述机器可读介质中存储有指令,当所述指令被处理器执行时,实现上述第一方面、第二方面或第五方面的数据传输处理方法。In addition, the embodiment of the present application further provides a terminal, including a processor and a machine readable medium, where the machine readable medium stores instructions, when the instructions are executed by the processor, implementing the first aspect and the second aspect. Aspect or the data transmission processing method of the fifth aspect.
此外,本申请实施例还提供一种机器可读介质,其上存储有指令,当所述指令被处理器执行时实现上述第一方面、第二方面或第五方面的数据传输处理方法。 Furthermore, the embodiment of the present application further provides a machine readable medium having stored thereon instructions for implementing the data transmission processing method of the first aspect, the second aspect or the fifth aspect when the instruction is executed by the processor.
本申请具有如下有益效果:本申请可以提高系统吞吐量和增强数据传输的鲁棒性。The present application has the following beneficial effects: The present application can improve system throughput and enhance the robustness of data transmission.
在阅读并理解了附图和详细描述后,可以明白其他方面。Other aspects will be apparent upon reading and understanding the drawings and detailed description.
附图概述BRIEF abstract
图1是根据本申请的相关方面提供的实施例5的数据传输处理方法的流程图;1 is a flowchart of a data transmission processing method of Embodiment 5 according to a related aspect of the present application;
图2是根据本申请的相关方面提供的实施例1的包编码示例图;2 is a diagram showing an example of packet encoding of Embodiment 1 according to a related aspect of the present application;
图3是根据本申请的相关方面提供的实施例1的原始包中系统/校验比特和校验包中系统/校验比特示例图;3 is a diagram showing an example of a system/check bit and a system/check bit in a check packet in the original packet according to Embodiment 1 of the present application;
图4是根据本申请的相关方面提供的实施例2的数据传输处理装置的结构示意图;4 is a schematic structural diagram of a data transmission processing apparatus of Embodiment 2 according to related aspects of the present application;
图5是根据本申请的相关方面提供的实施例2的重传数据处理模块的结构示意图;5 is a schematic structural diagram of a retransmission data processing module of Embodiment 2 according to related aspects of the present application;
图6是根据本申请的相关方面提供的实施例3的首传数据处理方法的流程图;6 is a flowchart of a first pass data processing method of Embodiment 3 according to related aspects of the present application;
图7是根据本申请的相关方面提供的实例1的基站与车载系统的通信链路图;7 is a communication link diagram of a base station and an in-vehicle system of Example 1 according to related aspects of the present application;
图8是根据本申请的相关方面提供的实例1的原始包和校验包示例图;8 is a diagram showing an example of an original packet and a verification packet of Example 1 provided in accordance with related aspects of the present application;
图9是根据本申请的相关方面提供的实例1中的吞吐量性能示例图;9 is a diagram showing an example of throughput performance in Example 1 provided in accordance with related aspects of the present application;
图10是LTE系统中码率为1/3的Turbo编码器结构示意图;10 is a schematic structural diagram of a turbo encoder having a code rate of 1/3 in an LTE system;
图11是LTE系统中Turbo编码的输出码字比特序列的速率匹配图;11 is a rate matching diagram of a turbo coded output codeword bit sequence in an LTE system;
图12是根据本申请的相关方面提供的实例6中的卷积编码示例图;12 is a diagram showing an example of convolutional coding in Example 6 provided in accordance with related aspects of the present application;
图13是根据本申请的相关方面提供的实施例1中的比特选择示例图;FIG. 13 is a diagram showing an example of bit selection in Embodiment 1 according to related aspects of the present application; FIG.
图14是根据本申请的相关方面提供的实施例4中的用于接收端的数据混合重传处理示例图;14 is a diagram showing an example of data hybrid retransmission processing for a receiving end in Embodiment 4 according to a related aspect of the present application;
图15是根据本申请的相关方面提供的实例5中的发送端的包编码示例图; 15 is a diagram showing an example of packet encoding of a transmitting end in Example 5 according to related aspects of the present application;
图16是根据本申请的相关方面提供的实例5中的按重传版本进行比特选择示例图;16 is a diagram showing an example of bit selection by retransmission version in Example 5 according to related aspects of the present application;
图17是根据本申请的相关方面提供的实例5中的进行顺序比特选择示例图;17 is a diagram showing an example of performing sequential bit selection in Example 5 according to related aspects of the present application;
图18是根据本申请的相关方面提供的实施例1的数据传输处理方法的流程图;FIG. 18 is a flowchart of a data transmission processing method of Embodiment 1 according to related aspects of the present application; FIG.
图19是根据本申请的相关方面提供的实施例5的首传数据示例图;19 is a diagram showing an example of first pass data of Embodiment 5 provided in accordance with related aspects of the present application;
图20是根据本申请的相关方面提供的实例6的极化编码方法的示例。20 is an example of a polarization encoding method of Example 6 provided in accordance with related aspects of the present application.
详述Detailed
下文中将参考附图并结合实施例来详细说明本申请。需要说明的是,在不冲突的情况下,本申请中的实施例和实施例以及各个实例中的特征可以相互组合。The present application will be described in detail below with reference to the drawings in conjunction with the embodiments. It should be noted that the embodiments and the embodiments in the present application and the features in the respective examples may be combined with each other without conflict.
实施例1Example 1
在本实施例中提供了一种数据传输处理方法,图18是根据本发明实施例的数据传输处理方法的流程图,用于发送端,如图18所示,该流程包括如下步骤:A data transmission processing method is provided in this embodiment. FIG. 18 is a flowchart of a data transmission processing method according to an embodiment of the present invention. The method is used by the transmitting end. As shown in FIG. 18, the process includes the following steps:
S1800、确定重传数据比特数目;S1800. Determine a number of retransmitted data bits.
S1801、根据所述重传数据比特数目从第一数据集合中选择所述重传数据,或者从第一数据集合和第二数据集合中选择所述重传数据;S1801: Select the retransmission data from the first data set according to the number of retransmitted data bits, or select the retransmission data from the first data set and the second data set;
其中,所述第一数据集合至少包括校验包系统比特的比特集合;所述第二数据集合至少包括原始包校验比特的比特集合;所述原始包包括多份数据包,所述校验包是对所述原始包进行包编码获得。The first data set includes at least a bit set of a check packet system bit; the second data set includes at least a bit set of original packet check bits; the original packet includes a plurality of data packets, the check The packet is obtained by packet encoding the original packet.
以上所述步骤S1801中,若重传数据比特数目小于或者等于N0,从第一数据集合中选择所述重传数据,其中,N0是一个预设的正整数。当重传数据比特数目较少时,可以直接从第一数据集合中选择,此时只需要传输校验包的数据即可让接收端较大概率能将所有信道编码块译码成功,占用较少重传传输资源,因此传输效率较高,可以提高系统的吞吐量。 In step S1801, if the number of retransmitted data bits is less than or equal to N0, the retransmission data is selected from the first data set, where N0 is a preset positive integer. When the number of retransmitted data bits is small, it can be directly selected from the first data set. In this case, only the data of the check packet needs to be transmitted, so that the receiving end can decode all the channel coding blocks with greater probability, and the occupation is more successful. Less transmission of transmission resources, so the transmission efficiency is higher, which can improve the throughput of the system.
在示例性实施方式中,在步骤S1801中,校验包是对所述原始包进行包编码获得,所述包编码方法,包括:对原始包中所有E份数据包的相同索引的E比特构成的比特集合进行校验编码,获得n份长度都为e比特的校验集合,所述n份校验集合中索引都为i的n比特构成第i个子校验包,i=0,1,…,(e-1),获得e份子校验包,所述校验包由e份子校验包构成,其中,E是所述原始包中数据包数目,n是所述原始包中的数据包比特数目,e是大于0的整数,所述校验编码采用以下编码方式之一:单奇偶校验编码、BCH编码、RM编码、RS编码。In an exemplary embodiment, in step S1801, the verification packet is obtained by performing packet encoding on the original packet, and the packet encoding method includes: forming E bits of the same index of all E packets in the original packet. The bit set is subjected to check coding, and n check sets each having an e-bit length are obtained, wherein n bits of the index in the n check sets constitute i-th sub-check packet, i=0, 1, ..., (e-1), obtaining an e-sub-check packet, the check packet being composed of e-sub-check packets, where E is the number of packets in the original packet, and n is the data in the original packet The number of packet bits, e is an integer greater than 0, and the check coding adopts one of the following coding methods: single parity coding, BCH coding, RM coding, and RS coding.
所述包编码如图2所示,对原始包中所有E份数据包200的索引为j的E比特202进行校验编码210,获得第j份长度为e比特的校验集合203,j=0,1,…,(n-1),可以获得n份校验集合,所有校验集合中索引都为i的n比特构成第i个子校验包Pi,其中,i=0,1,…,(e-1),从而获得由e个子校验包构成的校验包201。所述校验编码也可以是以上所述的编码方法的缩短编码和删余编码中至少一种,获得相应比特数目为e比特的校验集合。包编码方法的好处在于可以将所有信道编码块联系起来,这样在接收译码时可以采用迭代译码方法,以提高译码性能。所述单奇偶校验编码,则只有e=1比特的校验集合,如对长度为y的比特集合进行单奇偶校验编码,则该1比特的校验集合等于比特集合中所有y比特的累积异或,如p0=a0⊕a1⊕…⊕a(y-1),其中,p0是校验比特,a0…a(y-1)是比特集合;所述BCH编码是一种循环码(取自Bose、Ray-Chaudhuri与Hocquenghem的缩写),具有完善的代数理论计算,能纠正多个错误,其编码过程是根据生成多项式g(x)=g0×x(e-1)+g1×x(e-2)+…+g(e-1)进行编码,输入比特集合也用多项式表示,如输入比特集合为[a0…a(t-1)],采用多项式可以表示为a(x)=a0×x(t-1)+a1×x(t-2)+…+a(t-1),根据BCH编码规则c(x)=a(x)g(x)可以计算出BCH编码字,其中,c(x)是BCH编码字,从c(x)中取出校验比特即可得到校验集合,可以从校验比特中选择部分比特构成校验集合;RS编码是BCH编码的一个之类,是多元域编码,也需要一个生成多项式g(x),输入多元域多项式为a(x)=a0×x(t-1)+a1×x(t-2)+…+a(t-1),此时,g(x)和a(x)中的系数都是多元域的,根据c(x)=a(x)g(x)可以计算出RS编码字c(x),其中,多元域是指多元伽罗华域,例如采用4比特表示,则是16元域;RM编码是一种分组码,需提供一种生成矩阵G,输入信息比特序 列为s,则RM码字为c=G*s,此处码字c需要是系统码,将RM码字c的校验比特取出来即可以获得校验集合;所述校验编码还可以包括e比特校验编码如下:输入比特集合为s,对s的一个子集Set0进行二进制异或相加,获得第0个校验比特;对比特集合s和第0个校验比特组成的新集合的一个子集Set1进行二进制异或相加,获得第1个校验比特;对比特集合s和第0个校验比特、第1个校验比特组成的新集合的一个子集Set2进行二进制异或相加,获得第2个校验比特;依次类推,对s和已经计算的e-1个校验比特组成的新集合的一个子集Set(e)进行二进制异或相加,获得第(e-1)个校验比特,其中,所述Set0=[0,1,2,…,(n-1)],Set1为0到n的全部偶数或者奇数。通过对编码信息包进行包编码,可以将多个信道编码块进行联系起来,有益于提高译码增益,并且通过该包编码方案可以使得重传数据的比特数目范围较大,如果较小可以直接传输校验包的数据,灵活性非常大。The packet coding is as shown in FIG. 2, and the E-bit 202 of the index E of all the E-packets 200 in the original packet is subjected to check encoding 210, and the j-th check set 203 of length e is obtained, j= 0,1,...,(n-1), n sets of check sets can be obtained, and all n bits of the check set whose index is i constitute the i-th sub-check packet Pi, where i=0, 1, ... (e-1), thereby obtaining a verification packet 201 composed of e sub-check packets. The check code may also be at least one of shortened coding and puncturing coding of the coding method described above, and a check set having a corresponding number of bits of e bits is obtained. The advantage of the packet coding method is that all channel coding blocks can be linked, so that iterative decoding methods can be used in the reception decoding to improve the decoding performance. The single parity check code has only a check set of e=1 bits, such as single parity check coding for a bit set of length y, then the check set of the 1-bit is equal to all y bits of the bit set. Cumulative exclusive OR, such as p0=a0⊕a1⊕...⊕a(y-1), where p0 is a check bit, a0...a(y-1) is a set of bits; the BCH code is a cyclic code ( Taken from Bose, Ray-Chaudhuri and Hocquenghem, with complete algebraic theory calculations, can correct multiple errors, the encoding process is based on the generator polynomial g(x)=g0×x (e-1) +g1×x (e-2) +...+g(e-1) is encoded, and the input bit set is also represented by a polynomial, such as the input bit set is [a0...a(t-1)], and the polynomial can be expressed as a(x) =a0×x (t-1) +a1×x (t-2) +...+a(t-1), BCH coding can be calculated according to the BCH coding rule c(x)=a(x)g(x) a word, where c(x) is a BCH coded word, and a check set is obtained by taking a check bit from c(x), and a check set can be selected from the check bits to form a check set; the RS code is BCH coded One is multi-domain coding, and it needs a multi-generation For the term g(x), the input multivariate domain polynomial is a(x)=a0×x (t-1) +a1×x (t-2) +...+a(t-1), at this time, g(x) And the coefficients in a(x) are all multivariate domains, and the RS codeword c(x) can be calculated according to c(x)=a(x)g(x), where the multivariate domain refers to the multivariate Galois The domain, for example, is represented by 4 bits, which is a 16-ary field; RM coding is a block code, and a generator matrix G is required. The input information bit sequence is s, and the RM codeword is c=G*s, where The codeword c needs to be a system code, and the check bit of the RM codeword c can be taken out to obtain a check set; the check code can also include an e-bit check code as follows: the input bit set is s, for the s A subset of Set0 is binary-OR-added to obtain a 0th check bit; a binary XOR is added to a subset of the new set of bit sets s and 0th check bits to obtain the first one. Checking bits; performing binary exclusive-OR addition on a subset of the set of bits s and the 0th check bit and the first set of check bits to obtain the second check bit; and so on, s and e-1 schools that have been calculated A subset of the new set consisting of bits is set to perform binary exclusive-OR addition to obtain the (e-1)th check bit, wherein the Set0=[0,1,2,...,(n -1)], Set1 is all even or odd numbers from 0 to n. By performing packet coding on the encoded information packet, a plurality of channel coding blocks can be associated, which is beneficial to improve coding gain, and the packet coding scheme can make the number of bits of the retransmitted data larger, if smaller, directly The data of the verification packet is very flexible.
如图3所示,所述原始包300中第j份数据包Sj中包含Cj份编码后的信道编码块,其中,Cj是大于0的整数,所述信道编码是以下编码方式之一:turbo编码、LDPC编码、卷积编码、Polar编码。通过包编码方法获得校验包301,所述包编码方法如上所述。如图3所示,校验包中的第i份子校验包中也包括C份数据块,由于所述C份数据块是由多份信道编码块通过包编码得到,所述C份数据块也属于相应信道编码码字空间,所以也可以进行信道译码,所以所述校验包中的C份数据块也有系统比特和校验比特,系统比特是完全由原始包中的系统比特通过包编码获得,而校验比特是完全由原始包中的校验比特通过包编码获得,即,所述校验包系统比特是原始包系统比特进行包编码得到,校验包校验比特是原始包校验比特进行包编码得到,而,所述原始包校验比特是原始包中所有信道编码块的校验比特,原始包系统比特是原始包中所有信道编码块的系统比特;所述C等于C0,C1,…,C(E-1)中的最大值,i=0,1,…,(e-1)。其中,原始包系统比特是所有信道编码块中进入信道编码的信息比特(所有信道编码的系统比特),如图3所示;原始包校验比特是所有信道编码块中除了系统比特以外的比特(所有信道编码的校验或冗余比特),如图3所示;所述的校验包系统比特是所有原始包系统比特通过包编码后获得的比特,如图3所示;校验包系统比特是校验包中除了系统比特以外的比特,如图3所示。 As shown in FIG. 3, the j-th data packet S j in the original packet 300 includes a Cj-coded channel coding block, where Cj is an integer greater than 0, and the channel coding is one of the following coding modes: Turbo coding, LDPC coding, convolutional coding, Polar coding. A verification packet 301 is obtained by a packet encoding method, which is as described above. As shown in FIG. 3, the i-th sub-check packet in the check packet also includes a C-part data block, and the C-part data block is obtained by packet coding by a plurality of channel coding blocks, and the C-part data block is obtained. It also belongs to the corresponding channel coding codeword space, so channel decoding can also be performed. Therefore, the C data blocks in the parity packet also have systematic bits and check bits, and the system bits are completely passed by the system bits in the original packet. The code is obtained, and the check bit is obtained by the block code of the check bit in the original packet, that is, the check packet system bit is the original packet system bit for packet coding, and the check packet check bit is the original packet. The check bits are obtained by packet coding, and the original packet check bits are check bits of all channel coding blocks in the original packet, and the original packet system bits are system bits of all channel coding blocks in the original packet; The maximum value in C0, C1, ..., C(E-1), i = 0, 1, ..., (e-1). Wherein, the original packet system bits are information bits (channel bits of all channel coding) that enter channel coding in all channel coding blocks, as shown in FIG. 3; the original packet check bits are bits in all channel coding blocks except system bits. (checksum or redundancy bits of all channel coding), as shown in FIG. 3; the check packet system bits are bits obtained by packet encoding of all original packet system bits, as shown in FIG. 3; The systematic bits are bits in the parity packet other than the systematic bits, as shown in FIG.
在包编码之前,对原始包的第i份数据包进行填充n-ni比特,使得每份数据包的比特数目都达到n比特,其中,i=0,1,…,(E-1),ni是第i份数据包比特数目,ni是大于或等于0的整数。目的在于,在包编码之前先让原始包中的每份数据包的比特数目相等,方便包编码的执行,所述填充的比特是“0”或者一些伪比特,其对包编码中的校验编码不起作用。Prior to packet encoding, the i-th packet of the original packet is padded with n-ni bits such that the number of bits per packet reaches n bits, where i=0, 1, ..., (E-1), Ni is the number of i-th packet bits, and ni is an integer greater than or equal to zero. The purpose is to make the number of bits of each data packet in the original packet equal before the packet coding, to facilitate the execution of the packet coding, the padded bit is "0" or some pseudo bits, and the verification in the packet coding The encoding does not work.
所述包编码中,若校验编码采用单奇偶校验编码,则所述校验包只包含1个子校验包。即,校验包可以表示为P0=S0⊕S1⊕…⊕S(E-1),其中P0是校验包,S0、S1、…、S(E-1)是所述原始包中E份数据包。此时,单奇偶校验编码的编码较为简单,直接采用累积异或即可实现,而且译码端也是比较简单,如可以采用min-sum算法来实现,性能也可以获得较大改善。In the packet coding, if the check code uses a single parity check, the check packet includes only one sub-check packet. That is, the check packet can be expressed as P0=S0⊕S1⊕...⊕S(E-1), where P0 is a check packet, and S0, S1, ..., S(E-1) are E shares in the original packet. data pack. At this time, the encoding of the single parity encoding is relatively simple, and the cumulative exclusive OR can be directly implemented, and the decoding end is relatively simple. For example, the min-sum algorithm can be used to achieve the performance, and the performance can be greatly improved.
在示例性实施方式中,所述第一数据集合包括校验包的所有比特,即如图3所示,包括校验包的系统比特和校验比特;第二数据集合包括原始包的所有校验比特,如图3所示原始包校验比特。或者,所述第一数据集合包括校验包的所有比特,即如图3所示,包括校验包系统比特和校验比特;第二数据集合包括原始包的所有比特,如图3所示原始包的系统比特和校验比特。此时,所述预设的正整数N0等于首传数据中数据包的比特数目,即等于如图3所示的原始包中任一数据包的比特数目。In an exemplary embodiment, the first data set includes all bits of the check packet, ie, as shown in FIG. 3, including system bits and check bits of the check packet; the second data set includes all the schools of the original packet The bit is checked, as shown in Figure 3, the original packet check bits. Or the first data set includes all bits of the check packet, that is, as shown in FIG. 3, including the check packet system bit and the check bit; the second data set includes all bits of the original packet, as shown in FIG. System bits and check bits of the original packet. At this time, the preset positive integer N0 is equal to the number of bits of the data packet in the first transmission data, that is, equal to the number of bits of any data packet in the original packet as shown in FIG. 3.
也可以,所述第一数据集合包括校验包的所有系统比特,即仅包括校验包的系统比特,此时从第一数据集合进行循环比特选择是按信道编码块的系统比特块为单位进行选择的;第二数据集合包括原始包的校验比特和校验包的校验比特。或者,所述第一数据集合包括校验包的所有系统比特,即只包括校验包的系统比特;第二数据集合包括原始包的所有比特。或者,所述第一数据集合包括校验包的所有系统比特,第二数据集合包括原始包的校验比特。此时,所述N0等于校验包的系统比特数目。Alternatively, the first data set includes all system bits of the check packet, that is, system bits including only the check packet, and the cyclic bit selection from the first data set is performed in units of system bit blocks of the channel coding block. The selection is made; the second data set includes the check bits of the original packet and the check bits of the check packet. Alternatively, the first data set includes all system bits of the check packet, ie, system bits including only the check packet; the second data set includes all bits of the original packet. Alternatively, the first data set includes all system bits of the check packet, and the second data set includes check bits of the original packet. At this time, the N0 is equal to the number of system bits of the check packet.
在以上所述的重传数据中,包括:重传数据中的多份重传数据包的比特数目中,最大值与最小值的差小于或等于1。如此,有利于原始包中每份数据包的比特数目尽量相等,使得其性能基本一致,不会出现“短板”效应,增加重传数据的整体接收误包率性能。In the retransmission data described above, the difference between the maximum value and the minimum value is less than or equal to 1 among the number of bits of the plurality of retransmission data packets in the retransmission data. In this way, it is advantageous for the number of bits of each data packet in the original packet to be as equal as possible, so that the performance is basically the same, the "short board" effect does not occur, and the overall reception error rate performance of the retransmitted data is increased.
根据反馈信息和首传数据确定重传数据的比特数目,若所述接收端的反 馈信息指示错误接收,则重传数据比特数目等于以下参数之一:首传数据的总比特数目、首传数据中的任一份数据包的比特数目;此时,所述接收端的反馈信息至少包括2种错误状态NACK1、NACK2,指示所述不同重传数据比特数目。或者,若所述接收端的反馈信息指示错误接收,则重传数据比特数目等于以下参数之一:首传数据的总比特数目、Q0、首传数据中的任一份数据包的比特数目;其中,Q0是大于首传数据中任一份数据包的比特数目且小于首传数据总比特数目的整数;此时,所述接收端的反馈信息至少包括3种错误状态,指示所述不同重传数据比特数目。Determining, according to the feedback information and the first transmission data, the number of bits of the retransmitted data, if the receiving end is reversed If the feed information indicates an erroneous reception, the number of retransmitted data bits is equal to one of the following parameters: the total number of bits of the first transmission data, and the number of bits of any one of the first transmission data; at this time, the feedback information of the receiving end is at least Two error states NACK1, NACK2 are included, indicating the number of different retransmitted data bits. Alternatively, if the feedback information of the receiving end indicates erroneous reception, the number of retransmitted data bits is equal to one of the following parameters: the total number of bits of the first transmission data, Q0, and the number of bits of any one of the first transmission data; Q0 is an integer greater than the number of bits of any one of the first data and less than the total number of bits of the first transmission data; at this time, the feedback information of the receiving end includes at least three error states indicating the different retransmission data. The number of bits.
在示例性实施方式中,所述重传数据中,重传数据比特数目等于调制阶数和预设重传资源数目的乘积,调制阶数是单个星座调制符号携带的比特数,如BPSK(二进制相移键控)调制阶数等于1,如QPSK(正交相移键控)调制阶数等于2,8PSK(八相移键控)调制阶数等于3,如16QAM(16进制正交振幅调制)调制阶数等于4,如32QAM(32进制正交振幅调制)调制阶数等于5,如64QAM(64进制正交振幅调制)调制阶数等于6,如128QAM(128进制正交振幅调制)调制阶数等于7,如256QAM(256进制正交振幅调制)调制阶数等于8等等;预设重传资源数目是系统预设的发送传输的星座调制符号数。所述重传校验包的比特数目等于重传数据比特数目与所有多份重传数据包总比特数目的差值。或者,重传数据比特数目等于首传数据总比特数目。或者,重传数据比特数目等于预设的一个正整数,该正整数可以由反馈信息指示或者系统预设,以及其他不限于所述方式获得该正整数。所述重传数据是从第一数据集合和第二数据集合中至少一项循环选择,其中数据从循环缓存中取出数据,如果取到末尾比特则从首比特开始取,直到取到相应比特数目为止,所述循环选择的起始比特按重传版本号获得,或者等于上一传输数据的比特在第一数据集合或第二数据集合中的索引位置加一。如图13所示,第二数据集合包括原始包的所有比特1300(包括原始包系统比特和原始包校验比特),第一数据集合包括校验包系统比特1301(第一数据集合不包括校验包校验比特,所以图中没有画出),所述对第二数据集合进行循环选择,按信道编码块为单位进行比特选择,以及每份数据包中的所有进行比特选择后的信道编码块的比特数目中,最大值和最小值的差值小于或等于1,当比特选择的比特已经是对应信道编码块的且属于第二数据集合的 尾比特,则从该信道编码块的首比特开始选择,如第0份数据包S0中的第0份信道编码块的循环比特选择为从起始比特开始收集比特数据,当达到尾比特时从首比特开始选择;所述从第一数据集合及性能循环选择,是按每份子校验包中对应每份系统比特率为单位进行循环比特选择,当选择到系统比特块的尾比特则从首比特开始进行选择。In an exemplary embodiment, in the retransmission data, the number of retransmitted data bits is equal to a product of a modulation order and a number of preset retransmission resources, and the modulation order is a number of bits carried by a single constellation modulation symbol, such as BPSK (binary Phase shift keying) The modulation order is equal to 1, as QPSK (Quadrature Phase Shift Keying) modulation order is equal to 2, 8PSK (eight phase shift keying) modulation order is equal to 3, such as 16QAM (hexadecimal quadrature amplitude) Modulation) The modulation order is equal to 4, such as 32QAM (32-ary quadrature amplitude modulation) modulation order is equal to 5, such as 64QAM (64-ary quadrature amplitude modulation) modulation order is equal to 6, such as 128QAM (128-ary orthogonal The amplitude modulation) modulation order is equal to 7, such as 256QAM (256-ary quadrature amplitude modulation) modulation order is equal to 8 and so on; the preset number of retransmission resources is the number of constellation modulation symbols of the transmission transmission preset by the system. The number of bits of the retransmission check packet is equal to the difference between the number of retransmitted data bits and the total number of bits of all the multiple retransmitted data packets. Alternatively, the number of retransmitted data bits is equal to the total number of bits of the first transmitted data. Alternatively, the number of retransmitted data bits is equal to a preset positive integer, which may be indicated by feedback information or preset by the system, and other non-limited manners to obtain the positive integer. The retransmission data is cyclically selected from at least one of a first data set and a second data set, wherein the data is fetched from the circular buffer, and if the last bit is taken, the first bit is taken until the corresponding number of bits is obtained. So far, the start bit of the cyclic selection is obtained by the retransmission version number, or is equal to the index position of the previous transmission data plus one at the index position in the first data set or the second data set. As shown in FIG. 13, the second data set includes all bits 1300 of the original packet (including original packet system bits and original packet parity bits), and the first data set includes parity packet system bits 1301 (the first data set does not include the school) Checking the check bits, so not shown in the figure), the cyclically selecting the second data set, performing bit selection in units of channel coding blocks, and channel coding after performing bit selection in each data packet Among the number of bits of the block, the difference between the maximum value and the minimum value is less than or equal to 1, when the bit selected by the bit is already corresponding to the channel coding block and belongs to the second data set. The tail bit is selected from the first bit of the channel coding block. For example, the cyclic bit of the 0th channel coding block in the 0th data packet S0 is selected to collect bit data from the start bit, and when the tail bit is reached, The first bit starts to be selected; the first data set and the performance cycle selection are cyclic bit selection according to each system bit rate in each sub-check packet, and the first bit is selected from the system bit block. The bits start to be selected.
实施例2Example 2
在本实施例中提供了一种数据传输处理装置,图4是根据本发明实施例的数据传输处理装置的框图,用于发送端,如图4所示,重传数据处理模块401包括如下单元:In the present embodiment, a data transmission processing apparatus is provided. FIG. 4 is a block diagram of a data transmission processing apparatus according to an embodiment of the present invention, which is used for a transmitting end. As shown in FIG. 4, the retransmission data processing module 401 includes the following unit. :
确定单元,设置为确定重传数据比特数目;Determining a unit, configured to determine a number of retransmitted data bits;
第二比特选择单元,设置为根据重传数据比特数目,选择以下方式之一获得所述重传数据:a、所述重传数据从第一数据集合中选择;b、所述重传数据从第二数据集合和第一数据集合中至少一项选择;其中,所述第一数据集合是至少包括校验包系统比特的比特集合,所述第二数据集合是至少包括原始包校验比特的比特集合,原始包包含多份数据包,所述校验包是对所述原始包进行包编码获得。a second bit selecting unit, configured to obtain the retransmitted data according to one of the following manners according to the number of retransmitted data bits: a, the retransmitted data is selected from the first data set; b, the retransmitted data is from Selecting at least one of a second data set and a first data set; wherein the first data set is a bit set including at least a check packet system bit, and the second data set is at least an original packet check bit A set of bits, the original packet containing a plurality of data packets, the verification packet being obtained by packet encoding the original packet.
所述校验包是由所述原始包进行包编码获得,重传数据处理模块401包括以下所述的包编码单元,如图5所示,包编码单元可以包括:校验编码子单元500,设置为对原始包中所有E份数据包的相同索引的E比特构成的比特集合进行校验编码,获得n份长度都为e比特的校验集合;校验包获取子单元501,设置为将所述n份校验集合中索引都为i的n比特构成第i个子校验包,i=0,1,…,(e-1),获得e份子校验包,所述校验包由e份子校验包构成,其中,E是所述原始包中数据包数目,n是所述原始包中的数据包比特数目,e是大于0的整数,所述校验编码采用以下编码方式之一:单奇偶校验编码、BCH编码、RM编码、RS编码。其中,以上所述的编码方式如实施例1所述。The verification packet is obtained by performing packet coding by the original packet, and the retransmission data processing module 401 includes a packet coding unit as described below. As shown in FIG. 5, the packet coding unit may include: a verification coding subunit 500, Setting a bit set formed by E bits of the same index of all E packets in the original packet to perform check coding, and obtaining n check sets each having an e-bit length; the check packet obtaining sub-unit 501 is set to be The n bits of the n check sets whose indices are all i constitute an i-th sub-check packet, i=0, 1, . . . , (e-1), and obtain an e-sub-check packet, where the check packet is obtained by The e-part check packet is constructed, where E is the number of data packets in the original packet, n is the number of data packet bits in the original packet, and e is an integer greater than 0, and the check code adopts the following coding mode. One: single parity coding, BCH coding, RM coding, RS coding. The coding method described above is as described in Embodiment 1.
实施例3Example 3
在本实施例中提供了一种数据传输处理方法,用于发送端,包括如下步骤: In this embodiment, a data transmission processing method is provided for the sending end, which includes the following steps:
S0,接收接收端的反馈信息;S0, receiving feedback information of the receiving end;
S1,若反馈信息指示错误接收时,而且若是第1次重传,则向接收端发送第1次重传数据,其中包括:确定重传数据比特数目;根据重传数据比特数目,选择以下方式之一获得所述重传数据:a、所述重传数据从第一数据集合中选择;b、所述重传数据从第二数据集合和第一数据集合中至少一个选择;其中,所述第一数据集合是至少包括校验包系统比特的比特集合,所述第二数据集合是至少包括原始包校验比特的比特集合,原始包包含多份数据包,所述校验包是对所述原始包进行包编码获得。S1, if the feedback information indicates that the error is received, and if it is the first retransmission, the first retransmission data is sent to the receiving end, which includes: determining the number of retransmitted data bits; according to the number of retransmitted data bits, selecting the following manner Deriving the retransmission data: a, the retransmission data is selected from a first data set; b, the retransmission data is selected from at least one of a second data set and a first data set; wherein The first data set is a bit set including at least a check packet system bit, the second data set is a bit set including at least an original packet check bit, and the original packet includes a plurality of data packets, where the check packet is a The original packet is obtained by packet coding.
在示例性实施方式中,与所述第1次重传数据相对应的首传数据的处理过程如图6所示,包括以下步骤:S600,对源数据包进行分割获得E份子数据块;S601,对第j份子数据块进行信道编码获得第j份数据包,j=0,1,…,(E-1),获得由E份数据包构成的原始包;S602,按预定码率对原始包进行比特选择得到首传数据。In an exemplary embodiment, the processing procedure of the first transmission data corresponding to the first retransmission data is as shown in FIG. 6 , and includes the following steps: S600, dividing the source data packet to obtain an E sub-data block; S601 Channel coding the jth sub-block to obtain the jth data packet, j=0, 1, ..., (E-1), obtaining the original packet composed of the E packets; S602, the original at a predetermined code rate The packet is bit-selected to obtain the first pass data.
所述校验包是由所述原始包进行包编码获得,其中,以上所述的包编码方法如实施例1所述。进行包编码的目的在于,将多份数据块通过包编码建立联系,在接收端进行译码时可以获得比较大增益。包编码的校验包主要在重传数据中传输,可以在不改变首传数据的情况下,既可以兼容原来通信系统,并能提高重传数据的吞吐量性能。The verification packet is obtained by performing packet coding on the original packet, and the packet encoding method described above is as described in Embodiment 1. The purpose of packet coding is to establish a plurality of data blocks by packet coding, and a relatively large gain can be obtained when decoding is performed at the receiving end. The packet-encoded check packet is mainly transmitted in the retransmitted data, and can be compatible with the original communication system without changing the first-pass data, and can improve the throughput performance of the retransmitted data.
在示例性实施方式中,在步骤S1中,所述重传数据的比特数目等于首传数据的比特数目;以及,所述重传数据中,比特选择输出的E份数据包的比特数目中,最大值与最小值的差值小于或等于1,E是大于1的整数。In an exemplary embodiment, in step S1, the number of bits of the retransmission data is equal to the number of bits of the first transmission data; and, in the retransmission data, among the number of bits of the E packets of the bit selection output, The difference between the maximum value and the minimum value is less than or equal to 1, and E is an integer greater than one.
在示例性实施方式中,所述包编码中采用单奇偶校验编码,即校验包中只包含1份子校验包,长度为n,在步骤S1中,所述比特选择得到的校验包的比特数目等于重传数据比特数目与所有比特选择得到的E份重传数据包的总比特数目的差值,其中,重传数据比特数目等于首传数据比特数目。所述多份重传数据包的比特数目为:有d1份重传数据包的比特数目为n1,有E-d1个信道编码块的长度为n1-1,其中,
Figure PCTCN2017080294-appb-000001
d1=mod(N-n',n1-1);或者,都等于[(N-n')/(E+1)];其中,N是重传数据比特数目,n'是首传数据中任一份数据包的比特数目,E是原始包中数据包的份数,计算式
Figure PCTCN2017080294-appb-000002
表示大 于或等于实数x的最小整数,mod(x1,x2)表示整数x2对整数x1的取模操作,计算式[x]表示四舍五入取整数、或者向下取整数、或者向上取整数。重传数据比特数目等于首传数据比特数目,可以根据首传数据比特数目来计算重传数据的校验包和每份数据包的比特数目,计算简单,而且所占资源和首传数据是一样的,可以在相同的调度资源上传输,不需要重新发送指令来指示资源调度信息。或者所述重传数据比特数目等于调制阶数和系统预设资源数目的乘积,此时,所述的重传数据的校验包和每份数据包的比特数目由系统分配的资源数目来计算,此时可以更充分利用当前系统资源,在新的系统资源上传输,资源利用率高。
In an exemplary embodiment, a single parity check code is used in the packet coding, that is, the check packet includes only one sub-check packet, and the length is n. In step S1, the check packet obtained by the bit selection is obtained. The number of bits is equal to the difference between the number of retransmitted data bits and the total number of bits of the E-retransmission data packets obtained by all bits, wherein the number of retransmitted data bits is equal to the number of first transmitted data bits. The number of bits of the plurality of retransmission data packets is: n1 is the number of bits of the retransmitted data packet, and the length of the E-d1 channel coding block is n1-1, where
Figure PCTCN2017080294-appb-000001
D1=mod(N-n', n1-1); or, both equal to [(N-n')/(E+1)]; where N is the number of retransmitted data bits, n' is the first pass data The number of bits in any one packet, E is the number of packets in the original packet,
Figure PCTCN2017080294-appb-000002
Represents the smallest integer greater than or equal to the real number x, mod(x 1 , x 2 ) represents the modulo operation of the integer x 2 for the integer x 1 , and the formula [x] represents rounding the integer, or taking the integer down, or up Integer. The number of retransmitted data bits is equal to the number of first transmitted data bits, and the check packet of the retransmitted data and the number of bits of each data packet can be calculated according to the number of first transmitted data bits, which is simple to calculate, and the occupied resources are the same as the first transmitted data. It can be transmitted on the same scheduling resource without resending the instruction to indicate resource scheduling information. Or the number of the retransmitted data bits is equal to the product of the modulation order and the number of system preset resources. At this time, the check packet of the retransmitted data and the number of bits of each data packet are calculated by the number of resources allocated by the system. At this time, the current system resources can be fully utilized, and transmitted on new system resources, and the resource utilization rate is high.
实施例4Example 4
在本实施例中提供了一种数据传输处理方法,用于接收端,如图14所示,包括如下步骤:In this embodiment, a data transmission processing method is provided for the receiving end. As shown in FIG. 14, the method includes the following steps:
S1400,接收发送端的传输数据;S1400, receiving transmission data of the transmitting end;
S1401,对接收到的传输数据进行解码;S1401: Decode the received transmission data;
S1402,若所述解码结果错误,向发送端发送反馈信息;其中,发送端可以根据所述反馈信息和首传数据确定重传数据比特数目,选择以下方式之一获得所述重传数据:a、所述重传数据从第一数据集合中选择;b、所述重传数据从第二数据集合和第一数据集合中至少一个选择;其中,所述第一数据集合是至少包括校验包系统比特的比特集合,所述第二数据集合是至少包括原始包校验比特的比特集合,原始包包含多份数据包,所述校验包是对所述原始包进行包编码获得。S1402: If the decoding result is incorrect, send feedback information to the sending end, where the sending end may determine the number of retransmitted data bits according to the feedback information and the first transmission data, and select one of the following manners to obtain the retransmitted data: a And the retransmitted data is selected from the first data set; b, the retransmitted data is selected from at least one of the second data set and the first data set; wherein the first data set includes at least a check packet A set of bits of systematic bits, the second set of data being a set of bits comprising at least an original packet check bit, the original packet comprising a plurality of data packets, the check packet being obtained by packet encoding the original packet.
步骤S1402中,若所述接收的传输数据误码块率大于T(i-1)且小于Ti,发送反馈信息i,用于指示重传数据比特数目等于Di;其中,Ti是预设阈值集合T的第i个元素,且0<T(i-1)<Ti<1,反馈信息i是反馈信息集合中第i个元素,Di是预设重传数据比特数目集合D中第i个元素,Di是大于0的整数,且D(i-1)<Di;所述接收的传输数据误码块率是接收Q份传输数据中的所有误码块数与所述接收Q份传输数据中所有信道编码块数的比值,其中,Q是正整数。一般来说,预设阈值集合T中第0个元素T0=0;反馈信息集合中第0个元素为ACK(指示正确接收),其他元素表示错误接收;重传数 据比特数目集合D中第0个元素D0=0。所述方法的益处为,反馈信息是多状态的,而且重传数据比特数目可以灵活设置,能适应信道的变化,重传数据只需要预估的比特数目,可以大大提高资源利用率,可以提高整个系统的吞吐量性能以及系统总和容量。In step S1402, if the received transmission data error block rate is greater than T(i-1) and less than Ti, the feedback information i is sent to indicate that the number of retransmitted data bits is equal to Di; wherein Ti is a preset threshold set The i-th element of T, and 0<T(i-1)<Ti<1, the feedback information i is the i-th element in the feedback information set, and Di is the i-th element in the set D of preset retransmission data bits Di is an integer greater than 0, and D(i-1)<Di; the received transmission data error block rate is the number of all error blocks in the received Q transmission data and the received Q transmission data The ratio of the number of all channel coding blocks, where Q is a positive integer. Generally, the 0th element T0=0 in the preset threshold set T; the 0th element in the feedback information set is ACK (indicating correct reception), other elements indicate erroneous reception; retransmission number According to the number of bits, the 0th element D0=0 in the set D. The benefit of the method is that the feedback information is multi-state, and the number of retransmitted data bits can be flexibly set, and can adapt to channel changes. Retransmitting data only requires an estimated number of bits, which can greatly improve resource utilization and can improve Throughput performance of the entire system and system total capacity.
在步骤S1402中,包括:若所述接收的传输数据的误码块率大于0且小于T’,发送反馈信息1(NACK1),指示重传数据比特数目等于首传数据中的任一份数据包比特数目;若所述接收的传输数据的误码块率大于或等于T’,发送反馈信息2(NACK2),指示重传数据比特数目等于首传数据的比特数目;其中,T’是大于0且小于1的实数,误码块率是所述接收传输数据中的误码块数与所有码块数的比值。In step S1402, if the error block rate of the received transmission data is greater than 0 and less than T', the feedback information 1 (NACK1) is sent, indicating that the number of retransmitted data bits is equal to any one of the first transmission data. a number of packets; if the error block rate of the received transmission data is greater than or equal to T', sending feedback information 2 (NACK2), indicating that the number of retransmitted data bits is equal to the number of bits of the first transmission data; wherein, T' is greater than A real number of 0 and less than 1, the error block rate is a ratio of the number of error blocks in the received transmission data to the number of all code blocks.
在步骤S1402中,也可以包括:若所述接收的传输数据的误码块率大于0且小于T0,发送反馈信息1(NACK1),指示重传数据比特数目等于首传数据中的任一份数据包比特数目;若所述接收的传输数据的误码块率大于等于T0且小于T1,发送反馈信2(NACK2),指示重传数据比特数目等于Q0;若所述接收的传输数据的误码块率大于或等于T1,发送反馈信息3(NACK3),指示重传数据比特数目等于首传数据的比特数目;其中,0<T0<T1<1,误码块率是所述接收传输数据中的误码块数与所有码块数的比值,Q0是大于首传数据中任一份数据包的比特数目且小于首传数据总比特数目的整数。In step S1402, the method may further include: if the error block rate of the received transmission data is greater than 0 and less than T0, sending feedback information 1 (NACK1), indicating that the number of retransmitted data bits is equal to any one of the first transmission data. If the error block rate of the received transmission data is greater than or equal to T0 and less than T1, send feedback signal 2 (NACK2), indicating that the number of retransmitted data bits is equal to Q0; if the received transmission data is incorrect The code block rate is greater than or equal to T1, and the feedback information 3 (NACK3) is sent, indicating that the number of retransmitted data bits is equal to the number of bits of the first transmission data; wherein, 0<T0<T1<1, the error block rate is the received transmission data. The ratio of the number of error blocks to the number of all code blocks, Q0 is an integer greater than the number of bits of any one of the first transmission data and less than the total number of bits of the first transmission data.
实施例5Example 5
在本实施例中提供了一种数据传输处理方法,用于发送端,如图1所示,包括如下步骤:In this embodiment, a data transmission processing method is provided for the transmitting end. As shown in FIG. 1, the method includes the following steps:
S101、接收接收端的反馈信息;S101. Receive feedback information of the receiving end.
S102、根据所述反馈信息,按以下方式之一进行数据处理:S102. Perform data processing according to the feedback information in one of the following manners:
方式一、对源数据包进行分割获得多份子数据块,对所述多份子数据块分别添加CRC序列,对所述添加CRC序列后的子数据块分别进行信道编码获得由多份信道编码块构成的原始包,对所述原始包进行包编码获得校验包,对所述多份信道编码块和校验包进行比特选择获得首传数据; The first method is: dividing a source data packet to obtain a plurality of sub-blocks, adding a CRC sequence to the plurality of sub-blocks, and performing channel coding on the sub-blocks after adding the CRC sequence to obtain a plurality of channel coding blocks. The original packet, the original packet is packet-encoded to obtain a verification packet, and the plurality of channel coding blocks and the verification packet are bit-selected to obtain first-pass data;
方式二、如图18所示,步骤S1800,确定重传数据比特数目;步骤S1801,根据所述重传数据比特数目从第一数据集合中选择所述重传数据,或者从第一数据集合和第二数据集合中选择所述重传数据;其中,所述第一数据集合至少包括校验包系统比特的比特集合;所述第二数据集合至少包括原始包校验比特的比特集合;所述原始包包括多份数据包,所述校验包是对所述原始包进行包编码获得。 Manner 2, as shown in FIG. 18, step S1800, determining the number of retransmitted data bits; step S1801, selecting the retransmission data from the first data set according to the number of retransmitted data bits, or from the first data set and Selecting the retransmission data in the second data set; wherein the first data set includes at least a bit set of the check packet system bits; the second data set includes at least a bit set of the original packet check bits; The original packet includes a plurality of data packets, and the verification packet is obtained by packet encoding the original packet.
需要说明的是,本实施例中,发送端接收到反馈信息之后,在反馈信息指示接收错误时,可以按照方式二重传上一次的传输数据,或者按照方式一处理下一个源数据包,得到对应的首传数据,传输得到的首传数据;在反馈信息指示接收正确时,则可以按照方式一处理下一个源数据包,得到对应的首传数据,传输得到的首传数据。It should be noted that, in this embodiment, after receiving the feedback information, the sending end may retransmit the last transmission data according to the mode 2, or process the next source data packet according to the mode 1 when the feedback information indicates the receiving error. Corresponding first transmission data, the first transmission data obtained by the transmission; when the feedback information indicates that the reception is correct, the next source data packet may be processed according to the method 1, and the corresponding first transmission data is obtained, and the obtained first transmission data is transmitted.
如图19所示,首传数据处理过程(即方式一)可以包括以下步骤:As shown in FIG. 19, the first pass data processing process (ie, mode one) may include the following steps:
S1900、对源数据包进行分割获得H1份子数据块;S1900, dividing the source data packet to obtain an H1 sub-data block;
S1901、对所述H1份子数据块分别添加长度为I比特的CRC序列;S1901: Add a CRC sequence of length I bits to the H1 sub-blocks;
S1902、对所述添加CRC序列后的H1份子数据块分别进行极化编码获得H1份极化编码块;S1902: Perform polarization coding on the H1 partial sub-blocks after adding the CRC sequence to obtain an H1 partial polarization coding block;
S1903、对所述H1份极化编码块的全部比特或者部分比特进行包编码获得H2份子校验包,所述H1份极化编码块和所述H2份子校验包构成首传数据,其中,H1是大于1的整数,H2是大于0的整数,I是大于或者等于0的整数。S1903: Perform packet coding on all bits or partial bits of the H1 partial polarization coding block to obtain an H2 partial parity check packet, where the H1 partial polarization coding block and the H2 partial parity check packet constitute first transmission data, where H1 is an integer greater than 1, H2 is an integer greater than 0, and I is an integer greater than or equal to zero.
在示例性实施方式中,步骤S1801中,当所述重传数据比特数目小于或者等于N0时,从第一数据集合中选择所述重传数据;其中,N0为正整数。当重传数据比特数目较少时,可以直接从第一数据集合中选择,此时只需要传输校验包的数据即可让接收端较大概率能将所有信道编码块译码成功,占用较少重传传输资源,因此传输效率较高,可以提高系统的吞吐量。In an exemplary embodiment, in step S1801, when the number of retransmitted data bits is less than or equal to N0, the retransmission data is selected from the first data set; wherein N0 is a positive integer. When the number of retransmitted data bits is small, it can be directly selected from the first data set. In this case, only the data of the check packet needs to be transmitted, so that the receiving end can decode all the channel coding blocks with greater probability, and the occupation is more successful. Less transmission of transmission resources, so the transmission efficiency is higher, which can improve the throughput of the system.
其中,对所述原始包进行包编码获得校验包,可以包括:对所述原始包中包括的E份数据包的相同索引的E比特构成的比特集合进行校验编码,获得n份长度为e比特的校验集合,所述n份校验集合中索引为i的n比特构 成第i个子校验包,i=0,1,…,(e-1),获得e份子校验包,所述校验包包括所述e份子校验包,其中,E是所述原始包中数据包数目,n是所述原始包中的数据包比特数目,e是大于0的整数,所述校验编码采用以下编码方式之一:单奇偶校验编码、BCH编码、RM编码、RS编码。当校验编码采用单奇偶校验编码时,所述校验包包含1个子校验包。The packet encoding the original packet to obtain the verification packet may include: performing a check coding on a bit set formed by E bits of the same index of the E packets included in the original packet, and obtaining n lengths as a check set of e bits, the n bits of the index of i in the n check sets Forming an i-th sub-check packet, i=0, 1, ..., (e-1), obtaining an e-sub-check packet, the check packet including the e-sub-check packet, where E is the original The number of data packets in the packet, n is the number of data packet bits in the original packet, and e is an integer greater than 0. The check coding adopts one of the following coding modes: single parity coding, BCH coding, RM coding, RS code. When the check code uses a single parity code, the check packet contains 1 sub-check packet.
在示例性实施方式中,所述第一数据集合包括以下之一:校验包的所有比特、校验包的所有系统比特。所述第二数据集合包括以下之一:原始包的所有校验比特、原始包的所有比特、原始包的所有校验比特和校验包的所有校验比特。In an exemplary embodiment, the first set of data includes one of: verifying all bits of the packet, all system bits of the check packet. The second set of data includes one of: all check bits of the original packet, all bits of the original packet, all check bits of the original packet, and all check bits of the check packet.
在示例性实施方式中,所述N0为首传数据中任一份数据包比特数目的T倍或者校验包中任一份子校验包系统比特数目的T倍,其中,T是正整数。当所述重传数据比特数目大于N0时,从第一数据集合和第二数据集合中选择所述重传数据,根据以下至少之一确定重传数据中每份子校验包的比特数目和每份数据包的比特数目:首传数据总比特数目、原始包中数据包数目、原始包中任一数据包的比特数目、重传数据总比特数目、调制阶数、重传数据资源数目;其中,N0为正整数。其中,所述重传数据中多份子校验包的总比特数目等于所述首传数据总比特数目与所述重传数据中所有多份数据包总比特数目的差值;或者,等于所述重传资源数目和所述调制阶数的乘积与所述重传数据中所有多份数据包总比特数目的差值;或者,等于所述重传数据总比特数目与所述重传数据中所有多份数据包总比特数目的差值。所述重传数据比特数目包括以下至少之一:重传资源数目和调制阶数的乘积;首传数据总比特数目;预设的一个正整数。In an exemplary embodiment, the N0 is T times the number of bits of any one of the first pass data or T times the number of bits of any one of the check packets in the check packet, where T is a positive integer. When the number of retransmitted data bits is greater than N0, the retransmission data is selected from the first data set and the second data set, and the number of bits and each bit of each sub-check packet in the retransmitted data is determined according to at least one of the following: Number of bits of the data packet: the total number of bits of the first transmission data, the number of data packets in the original packet, the number of bits of any data packet in the original packet, the total number of bits of retransmitted data, the modulation order, and the number of retransmitted data resources; , N0 is a positive integer. The total number of bits of the plurality of sub-check packets in the retransmission data is equal to a difference between a total number of bits of the first transmission data and a total number of bits of all the plurality of data packets in the retransmitted data; or, equal to the a difference between a product of the number of retransmitted resources and the modulation order and a total number of bits of all the plurality of packets in the retransmitted data; or equal to a total number of bits of the retransmitted data and all of the retransmitted data The difference between the total number of bits of multiple packets. The number of retransmitted data bits includes at least one of: a product of a number of retransmission resources and a modulation order; a total number of bits of the first transmission data; and a preset positive integer.
在示例性实施方式中,若所述反馈信息指示接收端接收的数据是错误的,则所述重传数据比特数目是大于或者等于首传数据中的任一份数据包的比特数目且小于或者等于首传数据总比特数目的一个整数。所述反馈信息至少包括2种错误状态NACK1、NACK2,用于指示重传数据比特数目分别为:首传数据总比特数目、首传数据中的任一份数据包的比特数目。In an exemplary embodiment, if the feedback information indicates that the data received by the receiving end is erroneous, the number of retransmitted data bits is greater than or equal to the number of bits of any one of the first transmission data and is less than or An integer equal to the total number of bits of the first pass data. The feedback information includes at least two error states, NACK1 and NACK2, for indicating the number of retransmitted data bits: the total number of bits of the first transmission data, and the number of bits of any one of the first transmission data.
在示例性实施方式中,步骤S1801可以包括:,根据接收端的反馈信息从预设重传数据比特数目集合中确定重传数据比特数目,其中,预设重传数 据比特数目集合包括a个元素,预设重传数据比特数目集合中首个元素值等于0,且第i-1元素值小于第i元素值,i=2,…,(a-1),a是大于1的整数。所述预设重传数据比特数目集合中,第2元素值等于首传数据中的任一份数据包的比特数目。所述预设重传数据比特数目集合中,第i元素值等于第i-1元素值加ΔD,其中,i=2,…,(a-1),ΔD是大于或者等于预设重传数据比特数目集合中第二元素值的整数。或者,所述预设重传数据比特数目集合中,第2元素值大于或者等于首传数据中的任一份数据包的比特数目,尾元素值大于或者等于首传数据总比特数目。In an exemplary embodiment, step S1801 may include: determining, according to feedback information of the receiving end, a number of retransmitted data bits from a preset retransmitted data bit number set, wherein the preset retransmission number According to the number of bit sets, including a element, the first element value in the set of preset retransmission data bits is equal to 0, and the value of the i-1th element is smaller than the value of the i-th element, i=2, . . . , (a-1), a is an integer greater than one. In the preset retransmission data bit number set, the second element value is equal to the number of bits of any one of the first transmission data. In the preset retransmission data bit number set, the i-th element value is equal to the i-1th element value plus ΔD, where i=2, . . . , (a-1), ΔD is greater than or equal to the preset retransmission data. An integer of the second element value in the set of bit numbers. Or, in the preset retransmission data bit number set, the second element value is greater than or equal to the number of bits of any one of the first transmission data, and the tail element value is greater than or equal to the total number of bits of the first transmission data.
在示例性实施方式中,所述原始包中包含E份数据包,其中第j份数据包中包含Cj份编码后信道编码块;所述原始包校验比特是原始包中所有信道编码块的校验比特,所述校验包系统比特是原始包系统比特进行包编码得到,原始包系统比特是原始包中所有信道编码块的系统比特,校验包校验比特是原始包校验比特进行包编码得到;其中,E是正整数,j=0,1,…,(E-1),Cj是正整数;所述信道编码是以下编码方式之一:turbo编码、LDPC编码、卷积编码、Polar编码。In an exemplary embodiment, the original packet includes an E-packet, wherein the j-th packet includes a Cj-coded channel coding block; and the original packet check bit is all channel coding blocks in the original packet. Check bits, the check packet system bits are obtained by packet coding of original packet system bits, the original packet system bits are system bits of all channel coding blocks in the original packet, and the check packet check bits are original packet check bits. Packet coding is obtained; where E is a positive integer, j=0, 1, ..., (E-1), Cj is a positive integer; the channel coding is one of the following coding methods: turbo coding, LDPC coding, convolutional coding, Polar coding.
实施例6Example 6
在本实施例中提供了一种数据传输处理方法,用于接收端,如图14所示,包括如下步骤:In this embodiment, a data transmission processing method is provided for the receiving end. As shown in FIG. 14, the method includes the following steps:
步骤S1400,接收发送端的传输数据;Step S1400, receiving transmission data of the transmitting end;
步骤S1401,对接收到的传输数据进行解码;Step S1401: decoding the received transmission data;
步骤S1402,若所述解码结果错误,向发送端发送反馈信息,其中,所述反馈信息用于指示所述发送端按以下方式之一进行数据处理:Step S1402: If the decoding result is incorrect, send feedback information to the sending end, where the feedback information is used to instruct the sending end to perform data processing in one of the following manners:
方式一、对源数据包进行分割获得多份子数据块,对所述多份子数据块分别添加CRC序列,对所述添加CRC序列后的子数据块分别进行信道编码获得由多份信道编码块构成的原始包,对所述原始包进行包编码获得校验包,对所述多份信道编码块和校验包进行比特选择获得首传数据;或,The first method is: dividing a source data packet to obtain a plurality of sub-blocks, adding a CRC sequence to the plurality of sub-blocks, and performing channel coding on the sub-blocks after adding the CRC sequence to obtain a plurality of channel coding blocks. The original packet, the original packet is packet-encoded to obtain a verification packet, and the plurality of channel coding blocks and the verification packet are bit-selected to obtain the first transmission data; or
方式二、确定重传数据比特数目,根据所述重传数据比特数目从第一数据集合中选择所述重传数据,或者从第一数据集合和第二数据集合中选择所 述重传数据;其中,所述第一数据集合至少包括校验包系统比特的比特集合;所述第二数据集合至少包括原始包校验比特的比特集合;所述原始包包括多份数据包,所述校验包是对所述原始包进行包编码获得。Manner 2: determining a number of retransmitted data bits, selecting the retransmitted data from the first data set according to the number of retransmitted data bits, or selecting the first data set and the second data set Retransmitting data; wherein the first data set includes at least a bit set of check packet system bits; the second data set includes at least a bit set of original packet check bits; and the original packet includes multiple data packets The verification packet is obtained by performing packet coding on the original packet.
需要说明的是,若解码结果正确,向发送端发送的反馈信息用于指示所述发送端按照方式一进行数据处理,此时,发送端可以按照方式一对下一个源数据包进行处理得到对应的首传数据,并传输得到的首传数据。It should be noted that, if the decoding result is correct, the feedback information sent to the sending end is used to instruct the sending end to perform data processing according to the mode 1. In this case, the transmitting end can process the pair of next source data packets according to the manner to obtain corresponding information. The first pass data, and the resulting first pass data is transmitted.
在示例性实施方式中,若所述接收的传输数据误码块率等于0,发送反馈信息0,用于指示发送端不需要重传数据,发送端按方式一进行处理;若所述接收的传输数据误码块率大于T(i-1)且小于或等于Ti,发送反馈信息i,用于指示重传数据比特数目等于Di;其中,Ti是预设阈值集合T的第i个元素,且T(i-1)<Ti,反馈信息i是预设反馈信息集合中第i个元素,Di是预设重传数据比特数目集合D中第i个元素,Di是大于0的整数,且D(i-1)<Di;预设阈值集合包括a个元素且其中首和尾元素值分别等于0和1,预设反馈信息集合包括a个元素,预设重传数据比特数目集合包括a个元素,a是大于1的整数,所述误码块率是所述接收传输数据中的误码块数目与所述接收传输数据中所有信道编码块数目的比值。In an exemplary embodiment, if the received transmission data error block rate is equal to 0, the feedback information 0 is sent to indicate that the transmitting end does not need to retransmit the data, and the sending end performs processing according to the mode 1; The transmission data error block rate is greater than T(i-1) and less than or equal to Ti, and the feedback information i is sent to indicate that the number of retransmitted data bits is equal to Di; wherein Ti is the i-th element of the preset threshold set T, And T(i-1)<Ti, the feedback information i is the i-th element in the preset feedback information set, Di is the i-th element in the set D of preset retransmission data bits, and Di is an integer greater than 0, and D(i-1)<Di; the preset threshold set includes a elements and wherein the first and last element values are equal to 0 and 1, respectively, the preset feedback information set includes a elements, and the preset retransmission data bit number set includes a The elements, a is an integer greater than 1, and the error block rate is a ratio of the number of error blocks in the received transmission data to the number of all channel coding blocks in the received transmission data.
在示例性实施方式中,所述预设重传数据比特数目集合D中,第i元素值等于第i-1元素值加ΔD,其中,i=2,…,(a-1),ΔD是大于1的整数。或者,所述预设重传数据比特数目集合D中,第2元素值D1大于或者等于首传数据中的任一份数据包的比特数目,D(a-1)大于或者等于首传数据总比特数目。In an exemplary embodiment, in the preset retransmission data bit number set D, the i-th element value is equal to the i-th element value plus ΔD, where i=2, . . . , (a-1), ΔD is An integer greater than one. Or, in the preset retransmission data bit number set D, the second element value D1 is greater than or equal to the number of bits of any one of the first data, and D(a-1) is greater than or equal to the total data of the first transmission. The number of bits.
实施例7Example 7
在本实施例中提供了一种数据传输处理装置,设置于发送端,如图4所示,包括如下模块:In this embodiment, a data transmission processing apparatus is provided, which is disposed at the transmitting end, as shown in FIG. 4, and includes the following modules:
第一接收模块402,设置为接收接收端的反馈信息;The first receiving module 402 is configured to receive feedback information of the receiving end;
首传数据处理模块400,包括:分割单元,设置为对源数据包进行分割获得多份子数据块;添加单元,设置为对所述多份子数据块分别添加CRC序列;信道编码单元,设置为对所述添加CRC序列后的子数据块分别进行信道编码获得由多份信道编码块构成的原始包;包编码单元,设置为对所述原始包进行包编码获得校验包;第一比特选择单元,设置为对所述多份信道编 码块和校验包进行比特选择获得首传数据;The first pass data processing module 400 includes: a splitting unit configured to split the source data packet to obtain a plurality of sub-data blocks; and an adding unit configured to add a CRC sequence to the plurality of sub-blocks; the channel coding unit is set to be The sub-blocks after adding the CRC sequence respectively perform channel coding to obtain an original packet composed of a plurality of channel coding blocks; the packet coding unit is configured to perform packet coding on the original packet to obtain a verification packet; and the first bit selection unit , set to edit the plurality of channels The code block and the check packet perform bit selection to obtain first pass data;
重传数据处理模块401,包括:确定单元,设置为确定重传数据比特数目;第二比特选择单元,设置为根据所述重传数据比特数目从第一数据集合中选择所述重传数据,或者从第一数据集合和第二数据集合中选择所述重传数据;The retransmission data processing module 401 includes: a determining unit, configured to determine a number of retransmitted data bits; and a second bit selecting unit configured to select the retransmitted data from the first data set according to the number of retransmitted data bits, Or selecting the retransmission data from the first data set and the second data set;
所述第一数据集合至少包括校验包系统比特的比特集合;所述第二数据集合至少包括原始包校验比特的比特集合;所述原始包包括多份数据包,所述校验包是对所述原始包进行包编码获得。The first data set includes at least a bit set of a check packet system bit; the second data set includes at least a bit set of original packet check bits; the original packet includes a plurality of data packets, and the check packet is The original packet is obtained by packet coding.
在示例性实施方式中,所述第二比特选择单元,还设置为当所述重传数据比特数目小于或者等于N0时,从第一数据集合中选择所述重传数据;其中,N0为正整数。In an exemplary embodiment, the second bit selection unit is further configured to select the retransmission data from the first data set when the number of retransmitted data bits is less than or equal to N0; wherein N0 is positive Integer.
在示例性实施方式中,所述重传数据处理模块401还包括包编码单元;如图5所示,所述包编码单元包括:校验编码子单元500、校验包获取子单元501;In an exemplary embodiment, the retransmission data processing module 401 further includes a packet encoding unit; as shown in FIG. 5, the packet encoding unit includes: a check encoding subunit 500, a check packet acquiring subunit 501;
所述校验编码子单元500,设置为对所述原始包中包括的E份数据包的相同索引的E比特构成的比特集合进行校验编码,获得n份长度为e比特的校验集合;The check coding sub-unit 500 is configured to perform check coding on a bit set formed by E bits of the same index of the E-packets included in the original packet, to obtain n check sets of e-bit length;
所述校验包获取子单元501,设置为将所述n份校验集合中索引为i的n比特构成第i个子校验包,i=0,1,…,(e-1),获得e份子校验包,所述校验包包括所述e份子校验包,其中,E是所述原始包中数据包数目,n是所述原始包中的数据包比特数目,e是大于0的整数,所述校验编码采用以下编码方式之一:单奇偶校验编码、BCH编码、RM编码、RS编码。The check packet obtaining subunit 501 is configured to form an nth sub-check packet, i=0, 1, . . . , (e-1), by n bits of the n check sets in the index i. An element check packet, wherein the check packet includes the e-sub-check packet, where E is the number of data packets in the original packet, n is the number of data packet bits in the original packet, and e is greater than 0 An integer that is one of the following encoding methods: single parity encoding, BCH encoding, RM encoding, and RS encoding.
在示例性实施方式中,所述第二比特选择单元,还设置为当所述重传数据比特数目大于N0时,从第一数据集合和第二数据集合中选择所述重传数据,根据以下至少之一确定重传数据中各份子校验包的比特数目和各份数据包的比特数目:首传数据总比特数目、原始包中数据包数目、原始包中任一数据包的比特数目、重传数据总比特数目、调制阶数、重传数据资源数目;其中,N0为正整数。 In an exemplary embodiment, the second bit selecting unit is further configured to: when the number of retransmitted data bits is greater than N0, select the retransmitted data from the first data set and the second data set, according to the following At least one of determining the number of bits of each sub-check packet in the retransmission data and the number of bits of each packet: the total number of bits of the first transmission data, the number of data packets in the original packet, the number of bits of any data packet in the original packet, The total number of bits of the data, the modulation order, and the number of retransmitted data resources are retransmitted; wherein N0 is a positive integer.
在示例性实施方式中,若接收端的反馈信息指示错误接收,则所述重传数据比特数目是大于或者等于首传数据中的任一份数据包的比特数目且小于或者等于首传数据总比特数目的一个整数。In an exemplary embodiment, if the feedback information of the receiving end indicates erroneous reception, the number of retransmitted data bits is greater than or equal to the number of bits of any one of the first transmission data and is less than or equal to the total bit of the first transmission data. An integer of the number.
在示例性实施方式中,所述第二比特选择单元,还设置根据接收接收端的反馈信息从预设重传数据比特数目集合中确定重传数据比特数目,其中,预设重传数据比特数目集合包括a个元素,预设重传数据比特数目集合中的首元素值等于0,且第i-1元素值小于第i元素值,i=2,…,(a-1),a是大于1的整数。In an exemplary embodiment, the second bit selection unit further configured to determine, according to the feedback information of the receiving and receiving end, the number of retransmitted data bits from the preset retransmitted data bit number set, where the preset retransmitted data bit number set Including a element, the first element value in the preset retransmission data bit number set is equal to 0, and the i-1th element value is smaller than the i-th element value, i=2,..., (a-1), a is greater than 1 The integer.
在示例性实施方式中,首传数据处理模块400中的分割单元,设置为对源数据包进行分割获得H1份子数据块;In an exemplary embodiment, the segmentation unit in the first pass data processing module 400 is configured to segment the source data packet to obtain an H1 sub-block;
添加单元,设置为对所述H1份子数据块分别添加长度为I比特的CRC序列;Adding a unit, configured to add a CRC sequence of length I bits to the H1 sub-blocks;
信道编码单元,设置为对所述添加CRC序列后的H1份子数据块分别进行极化编码获得H1份极化编码块;a channel coding unit, configured to perform polarization coding on the H1 partial sub-blocks after adding the CRC sequence to obtain an H1 partial polarization coding block;
包编码单元,设置为对所述H1份极化编码块的全部比特或者部分比特进行包编码获得H2份子校验包,a packet coding unit, configured to perform packet coding on all bits or partial bits of the H1 partial polarization coding block to obtain an H2 sub-check packet,
第一比特选择单元,设置为确定所述H1份极化编码块和所述H2份子校验包构成首传数据;a first bit selecting unit, configured to determine that the H1 partial polarization coding block and the H2 partial parity check packet constitute first transmission data;
其中,H1是大于1的整数,H2是大于0的整数,I是大于或者等于0的整数。Where H1 is an integer greater than 1, H2 is an integer greater than 0, and I is an integer greater than or equal to zero.
实施例8Example 8
在本实施例中提供了一种数据传输处理装置,设置于接收端,包括如下模块:In this embodiment, a data transmission processing device is provided, which is disposed at the receiving end and includes the following modules:
第二接收模块,设置为接收发送端的传输数据并进行解码;a second receiving module, configured to receive transmission data of the transmitting end and perform decoding;
反馈模块,设置为若所述解码结果错误,向发送端发送反馈信息,其中,所述反馈信息用于指示所述发送端按以下方式之一进行处理:The feedback module is configured to: if the decoding result is incorrect, send feedback information to the sending end, where the feedback information is used to indicate that the sending end processes in one of the following manners:
方式一、对源数据包进行分割获得多份子数据块,对所述多份子数据块分别添加CRC序列,对所述添加CRC序列后的子数据块分别进行信道编码 获得由多份信道编码块构成的原始包,对所述原始包进行包编码获得校验包,对所述多份信道编码块和校验包进行比特选择获得首传数据;The first method is: dividing a source data packet to obtain a plurality of sub-blocks, adding a CRC sequence to the plurality of sub-blocks, and performing channel coding on the sub-blocks after adding the CRC sequence Obtaining an original packet composed of a plurality of channel coding blocks, performing packet coding on the original packet to obtain a verification packet, and performing bit selection on the multiple channel coding block and the verification packet to obtain first transmission data;
方式二、确定重传数据比特数目,根据所述重传数据比特数目从第一数据集合中选择所述重传数据,或者从第一数据集合和第二数据集合中选择所述重传数据;其中,所述第一数据集合至少包括校验包系统比特的比特集合;所述第二数据集合至少包括原始包校验比特的比特集合;所述原始包包括多份数据包,所述校验包是对所述原始包进行包编码获得。Manner 2: determining a number of retransmitted data bits, selecting the retransmitted data from the first data set according to the number of retransmitted data bits, or selecting the retransmitted data from the first data set and the second data set; The first data set includes at least a bit set of a check packet system bit; the second data set includes at least a bit set of original packet check bits; the original packet includes a plurality of data packets, the check The packet is obtained by packet encoding the original packet.
在示例性实施方式中,所述反馈模块,还设置为:若所述接收的传输数据误码块率等于0,发送反馈信息0,用于指示发送端不需要重传数据,发送端按方式一进行处理;若所述接收的传输数据误码块率大于T(i-1)且小于或等于Ti,发送反馈信息i,用于指示重传数据比特数目等于Di;其中,Ti是预设阈值集合T的第i个元素,且T(i-1)<Ti,反馈信息i是预设反馈信息集合中第i个元素,Di是预设重传数据比特数目集合D中第i个元素,Di是大于0的整数,且D(i-1)<Di;预设阈值集合包括a个元素且其中首和尾元素值分别等于0和1,预设反馈信息集合包括a个元素,预设重传数据比特数目集合包括a个元素,a是大于1的整数,所述误码块率是接收Q份传输数据中的所有误码块数目与所述接收Q份传输数据中所有信道编码块数目的比值,其中,Q是正整数。In an exemplary embodiment, the feedback module is further configured to: if the received transmission data error block rate is equal to 0, send feedback information 0, which is used to indicate that the transmitting end does not need to retransmit data, and the sending end according to the manner If the received transmission data error block rate is greater than T(i-1) and less than or equal to Ti, the feedback information i is sent to indicate that the number of retransmitted data bits is equal to Di; wherein Ti is a preset The i-th element of the threshold set T, and T(i-1)<Ti, the feedback information i is the i-th element in the preset feedback information set, and Di is the i-th element in the preset re-transmitted data bit number set D Di is an integer greater than 0, and D(i-1)<Di; the preset threshold set includes a elements and wherein the first and last element values are equal to 0 and 1, respectively, and the preset feedback information set includes a element, Let the set of retransmitted data bits include a element, a is an integer greater than 1, the error block rate is the number of all error blocks in the received Q shares of transmission data and all channel coding in the received Q shares of transmission data The ratio of the number of blocks, where Q is a positive integer.
实施例9Example 9
在本实施例中提供了一种数据传输处理方法,用于发送端,包括:In this embodiment, a data transmission processing method is provided for the sending end, including:
接收接收端的反馈信息,根据所述反馈信息,按以下方式之一进行数据处理:Receiving feedback information of the receiving end, according to the feedback information, performing data processing in one of the following ways:
方式一、对源数据包进行分割获得多份子数据块,对所述多份子数据块分别添加CRC序列,然后对所述添加CRC序列后的子数据块分别进行信道编码获得由多份信道编码块构成的原始包,对所述原始包进行包编码获得校验包,对所述多份信道编码块和校验包进行比特选择获得首传数据;The first method is: dividing a source data packet to obtain a plurality of sub-blocks, adding a CRC sequence to the plurality of sub-blocks, and then performing channel coding on the sub-blocks after adding the CRC sequence to obtain a plurality of channel coding blocks. The original packet is configured to perform packet coding on the original packet to obtain a verification packet, and perform bit selection on the multiple channel coding block and the verification packet to obtain first transmission data;
方式二、确定重传数据比特数目,根据所述重传数据比特数目从第一数据集合中选择所述重传数据,或者从第一数据集合和第二数据集合中选择所述重传数据; Manner 2: determining a number of retransmitted data bits, selecting the retransmitted data from the first data set according to the number of retransmitted data bits, or selecting the retransmitted data from the first data set and the second data set;
其中,所述第一数据集合至少包括校验包系统比特的比特集合;所述第二数据集合至少包括原始包校验比特的比特集合;所述原始包包括多份数据包,所述校验包是对所述原始包进行包编码获得。The first data set includes at least a bit set of a check packet system bit; the second data set includes at least a bit set of original packet check bits; the original packet includes a plurality of data packets, the check The packet is obtained by packet encoding the original packet.
在示例性实施方式中,若所述反馈信息指示接收错误,则按方式二进行处理。当所述重传数据比特数目小于或者等于N0时,从第一数据集合中选择所述重传数据;其中,N0为正整数。In an exemplary embodiment, if the feedback information indicates a reception error, the processing is performed in the second mode. When the number of retransmitted data bits is less than or equal to N0, the retransmission data is selected from the first data set; wherein N0 is a positive integer.
其中,对所述原始包进行包编码获得校验包,可以包括:对所述原始包中包括的E份数据包的相同索引的E比特构成的比特集合进行校验编码,获得n份长度为e比特的校验集合,所述n份校验集合中索引为i的n比特构成第i个子校验包,i=0,1,…,(e-1),获得e份子校验包,所述校验包包括所述e份子校验包,其中,E是所述原始包中数据包数目,n是所述原始包中的数据包比特数目,e是大于0的整数,所述校验编码采用以下编码方式之一:单奇偶校验编码、BCH编码、RM编码、RS编码。当校验编码采用单奇偶校验编码时,所述校验包包含1个子校验包。The packet encoding the original packet to obtain the verification packet may include: performing a check coding on a bit set formed by E bits of the same index of the E packets included in the original packet, and obtaining n lengths as a check set of e bits, wherein n bits of index i in the n check sets constitute an i-th sub-check packet, i=0, 1, ..., (e-1), and obtain an e-sub-check packet, The check packet includes the e-sub-check packet, where E is the number of data packets in the original packet, n is the number of data packet bits in the original packet, and e is an integer greater than 0, the school The coding uses one of the following coding methods: single parity coding, BCH coding, RM coding, and RS coding. When the check code uses a single parity code, the check packet contains 1 sub-check packet.
在示例性实施方式中,所述第一数据集合包括以下之一:校验包的所有比特、校验包的所有系统比特。所述第二数据集合包括以下之一:原始包的所有校验比特、原始包的所有比特、原始包的所有校验比特和校验包的所有校验比特。In an exemplary embodiment, the first set of data includes one of: verifying all bits of the packet, all system bits of the check packet. The second set of data includes one of: all check bits of the original packet, all bits of the original packet, all check bits of the original packet, and all check bits of the check packet.
在示例性实施方式中,所述N0为首传数据中任一份数据包比特数目的T倍或者校验包中任一份子校验包系统比特数目的T倍,其中,T是正整数。当所述重传数据比特数目大于N0时,从第一数据集合和第二数据集合中选择所述重传数据,根据以下至少之一确定重传数据中各份子校验包的比特数目和各份数据包的比特数目:首传数据总比特数目、原始包中数据包数目、原始包中任一数据包的比特数目、重传数据总比特数目、调制阶数、重传数据资源数目;其中,N0为正整数。所述重传数据中多份子校验包的总比特数目等于所述首传数据总比特数目与所述重传数据中所有多份数据包总比特数目的差值;或者,等于所述重传资源数目和所述调制阶数的乘积与所述重传数据中所有多份数据包总比特数目的差值;或者,等于所述重传数据总比特数目与所述重传数据中所有多份数据包总比特数目的差值。 In an exemplary embodiment, the N0 is T times the number of bits of any one of the first pass data or T times the number of bits of any one of the check packets in the check packet, where T is a positive integer. When the number of retransmitted data bits is greater than N0, the retransmission data is selected from the first data set and the second data set, and the number of bits and each of each sub-check packet in the retransmitted data is determined according to at least one of the following: Number of bits of the data packet: the total number of bits of the first transmission data, the number of data packets in the original packet, the number of bits of any data packet in the original packet, the total number of bits of retransmitted data, the modulation order, and the number of retransmitted data resources; , N0 is a positive integer. The total number of bits of the plurality of sub-check packets in the retransmission data is equal to a difference between a total number of bits of the first transmission data and a total number of bits of all the plurality of data packets in the retransmission data; or, equal to the retransmission a difference between the number of resources and the modulation order and the total number of bits of all the plurality of packets in the retransmitted data; or equal to the total number of bits of the retransmitted data and all the multiples of the retransmitted data The difference in the total number of bits in the packet.
在示例性实施方式中,所述重传数据比特数目包括以下至少之一:重传资源数目和调制阶数的乘积;首传数据总比特数目;预设的一个正整数。In an exemplary embodiment, the number of retransmitted data bits includes at least one of: a product of a number of retransmission resources and a modulation order; a total number of bits of the first transmission data; and a preset positive integer.
在示例性实施方式中,若所述反馈信息指示错误接收,则所述重传数据比特数目是大于或者等于首传数据中的任一份数据包的比特数目且小于或者等于首传数据总比特数目的一个整数。In an exemplary embodiment, if the feedback information indicates erroneous reception, the number of retransmitted data bits is greater than or equal to the number of bits of any one of the first transmission data and is less than or equal to the total amount of the first transmission data. An integer of the number.
在示例性实施方式中,所述反馈信息至少包括2种错误状态NACK1、NACK2,用于指示重传数据比特数目分别为:首传数据总比特数目、首传数据中的任一份数据包的比特数目。In an exemplary embodiment, the feedback information includes at least two error states NACK1 and NACK2, which are used to indicate that the number of retransmitted data bits is respectively: the total number of bits of the first transmission data, and any one of the first transmission data. The number of bits.
在示例性实施方式中,所述确定重传数据比特数目可以包括:根据所述反馈信息从预设重传数据比特数目集合中确定重传数据比特数目,其中,预设重传数据比特数目集合包括a个元素,预设重传数据比特数目集合中首个元素值等于0,且第i-1元素值小于第i元素值,i=2,…,(a-1),a是大于1的整数。所述预设重传数据比特数目集合中,第2元素值等于首传数据中的任一份数据包的比特数目。以及,所述预设重传数据比特数目集合中,第i元素值等于第i-1元素值加ΔD,其中,i=2,…,(a-1),ΔD是大于1的整数。或者,所述预设重传数据比特数目集合中,第2元素值大于或者等于首传数据中的任一份数据包的比特数目,尾元素值大于或者等于首传数据总比特数目。若所述反馈信息指示数据接收正确,则按源数据包方式进行处理。In an exemplary embodiment, the determining the number of retransmitted data bits may include: determining, according to the feedback information, a number of retransmitted data bits from a preset retransmitted data bit number set, wherein the preset retransmitted data bit number set Including a element, the first element value in the preset retransmission data bit number set is equal to 0, and the i-1th element value is smaller than the i-th element value, i=2,..., (a-1), a is greater than 1 The integer. In the preset retransmission data bit number set, the second element value is equal to the number of bits of any one of the first transmission data. And, in the preset retransmission data bit number set, the i-th element value is equal to the i-1th element value plus ΔD, where i=2, . . . , (a-1), ΔD is an integer greater than 1. Or, in the preset retransmission data bit number set, the second element value is greater than or equal to the number of bits of any one of the first transmission data, and the tail element value is greater than or equal to the total number of bits of the first transmission data. If the feedback information indicates that the data is received correctly, the processing is performed in the source packet mode.
在示例性实施方式中,所述原始包中包含E份数据包,其中第j份数据包中包含Cj份编码后信道编码块;所述原始包校验比特是原始包中所有信道编码块的校验比特,所述校验包系统比特是原始包系统比特进行包编码得到,原始包系统比特是原始包中所有信道编码块的系统比特,校验包校验比特是原始包校验比特进行包编码得到;其中,E是正整数,j=0,1,…,(E-1),Cj是正整数;所述信道编码是以下编码方式之一:turbo编码、LDPC编码、卷积编码、Polar编码。In an exemplary embodiment, the original packet includes an E-packet, wherein the j-th packet includes a Cj-coded channel coding block; and the original packet check bit is all channel coding blocks in the original packet. Check bits, the check packet system bits are obtained by packet coding of original packet system bits, the original packet system bits are system bits of all channel coding blocks in the original packet, and the check packet check bits are original packet check bits. Packet coding is obtained; where E is a positive integer, j=0, 1, ..., (E-1), Cj is a positive integer; the channel coding is one of the following coding methods: turbo coding, LDPC coding, convolutional coding, Polar coding.
实施例10Example 10
在本实施例中提供了一种数据传输处理方法,用于接收端,包括:In this embodiment, a data transmission processing method is provided for the receiving end, including:
接收发送端的传输数据并进行解码;若所述解码结果错误,向发送端发送反馈信息,其中,所述反馈信息用于指示所述发送端按以下方式之一进行 数据处理:Receiving the transmission data of the transmitting end and decoding the data; if the decoding result is incorrect, sending the feedback information to the transmitting end, where the feedback information is used to indicate that the sending end performs the following manner data processing:
方式一、对源数据包进行分割获得多份子数据块,对所述多份子数据块分别添加CRC序列,然后对所述添加CRC序列后的子数据块分别进行信道编码获得由多份信道编码块构成的原始包,对所述原始包进行包编码获得校验包,对所述多份信道编码块和校验包进行比特选择获得首传数据;The first method is: dividing a source data packet to obtain a plurality of sub-blocks, adding a CRC sequence to the plurality of sub-blocks, and then performing channel coding on the sub-blocks after adding the CRC sequence to obtain a plurality of channel coding blocks. The original packet is configured to perform packet coding on the original packet to obtain a verification packet, and perform bit selection on the multiple channel coding block and the verification packet to obtain first transmission data;
方式二、确定重传数据比特数目,根据所述重传数据比特数目从第一数据集合中选择所述重传数据,或者从第一数据集合和第二数据集合中选择所述重传数据;其中,所述第一数据集合至少包括校验包系统比特的比特集合;所述第二数据集合至少包括原始包校验比特的比特集合;所述原始包包括多份数据包,所述校验包是对所述原始包进行包编码获得。Manner 2: determining a number of retransmitted data bits, selecting the retransmitted data from the first data set according to the number of retransmitted data bits, or selecting the retransmitted data from the first data set and the second data set; The first data set includes at least a bit set of a check packet system bit; the second data set includes at least a bit set of original packet check bits; the original packet includes a plurality of data packets, the check The packet is obtained by packet encoding the original packet.
在示例性实施方式中,若所述接收的传输数据误码块率等于0,发送反馈信息0,用于指示发送端按方式一进行处理;否则,若所述接收的传输数据误码块率大于T(i-1)且小于或等于Ti,发送反馈信息i,用于指示重传数据比特数目等于Di;其中,Ti是预设阈值集合T的第i个元素,且T(i-1)<Ti,反馈信息i是预设反馈信息集合中第i个元素,Di是预设重传数据比特数目集合D中第i个元素,Di是大于0的整数,且D(i-1)<Di;预设阈值集合T包括a个元素且其中首和尾元素值分别等于0和1,预设反馈信息集合包括a个元素,预设重传数据比特数目集合包括a个元素,a是大于1的整数,所述误码块率是接收Q份传输数据中的所有误码块数目与所述接收Q份传输数据中所有信道编码块数目的比值,其中,Q是正整数。In an exemplary embodiment, if the received transmission data error block rate is equal to 0, the feedback information 0 is sent to instruct the transmitting end to perform processing according to mode 1; otherwise, if the received transmission data error block rate is If the value is greater than T(i-1) and less than or equal to Ti, the feedback information i is sent to indicate that the number of retransmitted data bits is equal to Di; where Ti is the i-th element of the preset threshold set T, and T(i-1) <Ti, the feedback information i is the i-th element in the preset feedback information set, Di is the i-th element in the set D of preset retransmission data bits, Di is an integer greater than 0, and D(i-1) <Di; the preset threshold set T includes a elements and wherein the first and last element values are equal to 0 and 1, respectively, the preset feedback information set includes a elements, and the preset retransmission data bit number set includes a elements, a is An integer greater than 1, the error block rate being a ratio of the number of all error blocks in the received Q shares of transmission data to the number of all channel coding blocks in the received Q shares of transmission data, where Q is a positive integer.
在示例性实施方式中,所述预设重传数据比特数目集合D中,第i元素值等于第i-1元素值加ΔD,其中,i=2,…,(a-1),ΔD是大于1的整数。在示例性实施方式中,所述预设重传数据比特数目集合D中,第2元素值D1等于首传数据中的任一份数据包的比特数目,D(a-1)大于或等于首传数据总比特数目。In an exemplary embodiment, in the preset retransmission data bit number set D, the i-th element value is equal to the i-th element value plus ΔD, where i=2, . . . , (a-1), ΔD is An integer greater than one. In an exemplary embodiment, in the preset retransmission data bit number set D, the second element value D1 is equal to the number of bits of any one of the first transmission data, and D(a-1) is greater than or equal to the first The total number of bits of data transmitted.
实施例11Example 11
在本实施例中提供了一种数据传输处理装置,设置于发送端,包括:In this embodiment, a data transmission processing apparatus is provided, which is disposed at the sending end, and includes:
第一接收模块,设置为接收接收端的反馈信息; The first receiving module is configured to receive feedback information of the receiving end;
首传数据处理模块,包括:分割单元,设置为对源数据包进行分割获得多份子数据块;添加单元,设置为对所述多份子数据块分别添加循环冗余校验CRC序列;信道编码单元,设置为对所述添加CRC序列后的子数据块分别进行信道编码获得由多份信道编码块构成的原始包;包编码单元,设置为对所述原始包进行包编码获得校验包;第一比特选择单元,设置为对所述多份信道编码块和校验包进行比特选择获得首传数据;The first data processing module includes: a dividing unit configured to segment the source data packet to obtain a plurality of sub-data blocks; and adding a unit, configured to add a cyclic redundancy check CRC sequence to the plurality of sub-data blocks respectively; the channel coding unit And configured to perform channel coding on the sub-blocks after adding the CRC sequence to obtain an original packet composed of a plurality of channel coding blocks; and a packet coding unit configured to perform packet coding on the original packet to obtain a verification packet; a bit selection unit configured to perform bit selection on the plurality of channel coding blocks and the check packet to obtain first transmission data;
重传数据处理模块,包括:确定单元,设置为确定重传数据比特数目;第二比特选择单元,设置为根据所述重传数据比特数目从第一数据集合中选择所述重传数据,或者从第一数据集合和第二数据集合中选择所述重传数据;Retransmitting the data processing module, comprising: a determining unit, configured to determine a number of retransmitted data bits; and a second bit selecting unit configured to select the retransmitted data from the first data set according to the number of retransmitted data bits, or Selecting the retransmitted data from the first data set and the second data set;
其中,所述第一数据集合至少包括校验包系统比特的比特集合;所述第二数据集合至少包括原始包校验比特的比特集合;所述原始包包括多份数据包,所述校验包是对所述原始包进行包编码获得。The first data set includes at least a bit set of a check packet system bit; the second data set includes at least a bit set of original packet check bits; the original packet includes a plurality of data packets, the check The packet is obtained by packet encoding the original packet.
所述第二比特选择单元,还设置为当所述重传数据比特数目小于或者等于N0时,从第一数据集合中选择所述重传数据;其中,N0为正整数。The second bit selection unit is further configured to select the retransmission data from the first data set when the number of retransmitted data bits is less than or equal to N0; wherein N0 is a positive integer.
所述重传数据处理模块还包括包编码单元;所述包编码单元包括校验编码子单元和校验包获取子单元;所述校验编码子单元,设置为对所述原始包中包括的E份数据包的相同索引的E比特构成的比特集合进行校验编码,获得n份长度为e比特的校验集合;所述校验包获取子单元,设置为所述n份校验集合中索引为i的n比特构成第i个子校验包,i=0,1,…,(e-1),获得e份子校验包,所述校验包包括所述e份子校验包,其中,E是所述原始包中数据包数目,n是所述原始包中的数据包比特数目,e是大于0的整数,所述校验编码采用以下编码方式之一:单奇偶校验编码、BCH编码、RM编码、RS编码。The retransmission data processing module further includes a packet encoding unit; the packet encoding unit includes a check encoding subunit and a check packet acquiring subunit; and the check encoding subunit is set to be included in the original packet The bit set formed by the E bits of the same index of the E packets is subjected to check coding, and n check sets of e bits are obtained; the check packet acquisition subunit is set as the n check sets The n bits of the index i constitute an i-th sub-check packet, i=0, 1, . . . , (e-1), and obtain an e-sub-check packet, where the check packet includes the e-sub-check packet, wherein E is the number of data packets in the original packet, n is the number of data packet bits in the original packet, and e is an integer greater than 0, and the check coding adopts one of the following coding modes: single parity coding, BCH coding, RM coding, RS coding.
在示例性实施方式中,所述第二比特选择单元,还设置为当所述重传数据比特数目大于N0时,从第一数据集合和第二数据集合中选择所述重传数据,根据以下至少之一确定重传数据中每份子校验包的比特数目和每份数据包的比特数目:首传数据总比特数目、原始包中数据包数目、原始包中任一数据包的比特数目、重传数据总比特数目、调制阶数、重传数据资源数目;其中,N0为正整数。 In an exemplary embodiment, the second bit selecting unit is further configured to: when the number of retransmitted data bits is greater than N0, select the retransmitted data from the first data set and the second data set, according to the following At least one of determining the number of bits per sub-check packet in the retransmitted data and the number of bits per packet: the total number of bits of the first transmitted data, the number of packets in the original packet, the number of bits of any packet in the original packet, The total number of bits of the data, the modulation order, and the number of retransmitted data resources are retransmitted; wherein N0 is a positive integer.
当接收接收端的反馈信息指示错误接收,则所述重传数据比特数目是大于或者等于首传数据中的任一份数据包的比特数目且小于或者等于首传数据总比特数目的一个整数。When the feedback information of the receiving end indicates erroneous reception, the number of retransmitted data bits is an integer greater than or equal to the number of bits of any one of the first transmission data and less than or equal to the total number of bits of the first transmission data.
所述第二比特选择单元,还设置根据接收接收端的反馈信息从预设重传数据比特数目集合中确定重传数据比特数目,其中,预设重传数据比特数目集合包括a个元素,预设重传数据比特数目集合中的首元素值等于0,且第i-1元素值小于第i元素值,i=2,…,(a-1),a是大于1的整数。The second bit selection unit further determines, according to the feedback information of the receiving and receiving end, the number of retransmitted data bits from the preset retransmitted data bit number set, wherein the preset retransmitted data bit number set includes a element, and the preset The value of the first element in the set of retransmission data bits is equal to 0, and the value of the i-1th element is smaller than the value of the i-th element, i=2, . . . , (a-1), a is an integer greater than one.
实施例12Example 12
在本实施例中提供了一种数据传输处理装置,设置于接收端,包括:In this embodiment, a data transmission processing apparatus is provided, which is disposed at the receiving end, and includes:
第二接收模块,设置为接收发送端的传输数据并进行解码;a second receiving module, configured to receive transmission data of the transmitting end and perform decoding;
反馈模块,设置为根据解码结果,向发送端发送反馈信息,其中,所述反馈信息用于指示所述发送端按以下方式之一进行处理:The feedback module is configured to send feedback information to the sending end according to the decoding result, where the feedback information is used to instruct the sending end to process in one of the following manners:
方式一、对源数据包进行分割获得多份子数据块,对所述多份子数据块分别添加循环冗余校验CRC序列,然后对所述添加CRC序列后的子数据块分别进行信道编码获得由多份信道编码块构成的原始包,对所述原始包进行包编码获得校验包,对所述多份信道编码块和校验包进行比特选择获得首传数据;The first method is: dividing a source data packet to obtain a plurality of sub-blocks, adding a cyclic redundancy check CRC sequence to the plurality of sub-blocks, and then performing channel coding on the sub-blocks after adding the CRC sequence respectively An original packet formed by a plurality of channel coding blocks, performing packet coding on the original packet to obtain a verification packet, and performing bit selection on the multiple channel coding block and the verification packet to obtain first transmission data;
方式二、确定重传数据比特数目,根据所述重传数据比特数目从第一数据集合中选择所述重传数据,或者从第一数据集合和第二数据集合中选择所述重传数据;其中,所述第一数据集合至少包括校验包系统比特的比特集合;所述第二数据集合至少包括原始包校验比特的比特集合;所述原始包包括多份数据包,所述校验包是对所述原始包进行包编码获得。Manner 2: determining a number of retransmitted data bits, selecting the retransmitted data from the first data set according to the number of retransmitted data bits, or selecting the retransmitted data from the first data set and the second data set; The first data set includes at least a bit set of a check packet system bit; the second data set includes at least a bit set of original packet check bits; the original packet includes a plurality of data packets, the check The packet is obtained by packet encoding the original packet.
在示例性实施方式中,若所述解码结果错误,所述反馈信息用于指示所述发送端按照方式一或方式二进行数据处理;若所述解码结果正确,所述反馈信息用于指示所述发送端按照方式一进行数据处理。In an exemplary embodiment, if the decoding result is incorrect, the feedback information is used to indicate that the sending end performs data processing according to mode one or mode two; if the decoding result is correct, the feedback information is used to indicate The sender performs data processing in accordance with mode one.
在示例性实施方式中,所述反馈模块,还设置为:若所述接收的传输数据误码块率等于0,发送反馈信息0,用于指示发送端按方式一进行处理;否则,若所述接收的传输数据误码块率大于T(i-1)且小于或等于Ti,发送反馈 信息i,用于指示重传数据比特数目等于Di;其中,Ti是预设阈值集合T的第i个元素,且T(i-1)<Ti,反馈信息i是预设反馈信息集合中第i个元素,Di是预设重传数据比特数目集合D中第i个元素,Di是大于0的整数,且D(i-1)<Di;预设阈值集合T包括a个元素且其中首和尾元素值分别等于0和1,预设反馈信息集合包括a个元素,预设重传数据比特数目集合包括a个元素,a是大于1的整数,所述误码块率是Q份接收传输数据中的所有误码块数目与所述Q份接收传输数据中所有信道编码块数目的比值,其中,Q是正整数。In an exemplary embodiment, the feedback module is further configured to: if the received transmission data error block rate is equal to 0, send feedback information 0, to indicate that the sending end performs processing according to mode one; otherwise, if The received transmission data error block rate is greater than T(i-1) and less than or equal to Ti, and the feedback is sent. The information i is used to indicate that the number of retransmitted data bits is equal to Di; wherein Ti is the i-th element of the preset threshold set T, and T(i-1)<Ti, and the feedback information i is the preset feedback information set i elements, Di is the i-th element in the set D of preset retransmission data bits, Di is an integer greater than 0, and D(i-1)<Di; the preset threshold set T includes a element and the first of them And the tail element values are equal to 0 and 1, respectively, the preset feedback information set includes a elements, the preset retransmission data bit number set includes a elements, a is an integer greater than 1, and the error block rate is Q shares received. The ratio of the number of all error blocks in the transmitted data to the number of all channel coding blocks in the Q shares of the received transmission data, where Q is a positive integer.
下面以一些实例说明本申请。The application is described below with some examples.
实例1Example 1
根据本申请的一个方面,用于无线数据通信系统,其中可以用于一种基站,所述基站可以包括:接入点(AP,Access Point)、或可以称为节点B(node B)、无线电网络控制器(RNC)、演进型Node B(Evolved Node B,eNB)、基站控制器(BSC)、基站收发台(BTS)、基站(BS)、收发机功能体(TF)、无线电路由器、无线电收发机、基本服务单元(BSS)、扩展服务单元(ESS)、无线电基站(RBS),或一些其它术语。According to an aspect of the present application, in a wireless data communication system, which may be used in a base station, the base station may include: an Access Point (AP), or may be referred to as a Node B, a radio Network Controller (RNC), Evolved Node B (eNB), Base Station Controller (BSC), Base Transceiver Station (BTS), Base Station (BS), Transceiver Function (TF), Radio Router, Radio Transceiver, Basic Service Unit (BSS), Extended Service Unit (ESS), Radio Base Station (RBS), or some other terminology.
如图7所示,是一个采用本申请的相关多个方面的无线通信系统的一个链路实例,用于车载系统与基站之间的通信。发送端700发送数据703到接收端701,而接收端701根据接收数据正确情况发送反馈信号702到发送端700;所述发送端700可以是基站,或者也可以是其他如上所述的设备或装置;所述接收端701可以是车载系统,或者,也可以是平板电脑、阅读机、电子表等手持设备,以及其他需要接入互联网的电子设备或者互联的电子设备、无线调制解调器、膝上型计算机、个人计算机、车载设备、手机、无线接入节点、传感器节点等。As shown in FIG. 7, it is a link example of a wireless communication system employing various aspects of the present application for communication between an in-vehicle system and a base station. The transmitting end 700 sends the data 703 to the receiving end 701, and the receiving end 701 sends the feedback signal 702 to the sending end 700 according to the correct situation of receiving the data. The sending end 700 may be a base station, or may be other devices or devices as described above. The receiving end 701 can be an in-vehicle system, or can be a handheld device such as a tablet computer, a reading machine, an electronic watch, and other electronic devices or interconnected electronic devices, wireless modems, and laptop computers that need to access the Internet. , personal computers, in-vehicle devices, mobile phones, wireless access nodes, sensor nodes, etc.
本申请所述的各种算法和方法以及装置模块可用于在无线通信系统中的基站700和车载系统701之间进行传输。本申请的传输处理方法也可以用于LTE通信系统、WiFi系统、高频通信系统以及未来的5G通信系统等。所需要传输的源数据包的长度为4240比特,信道编码采用LTE系统中的Turbo编码,系统设定的编码码率为1/2,星座调制方式为16QAM,最大重传次数 M=3(即,最大传输次数为4次)。如图7所示,基站700向车载系统701发送业务数据,并接收车载系统701发送的反馈信息,所述发送的业务数据如果是首传数据,则首传数据的处理过程包括以下步骤:The various algorithms and methods and apparatus modules described herein can be used for transmission between base station 700 and in-vehicle system 701 in a wireless communication system. The transmission processing method of the present application can also be applied to an LTE communication system, a WiFi system, a high frequency communication system, and a future 5G communication system. The length of the source data packet to be transmitted is 4240 bits. The channel coding adopts Turbo coding in the LTE system. The code rate set by the system is 1/2, the constellation modulation mode is 16QAM, and the maximum number of retransmissions. M = 3 (ie, the maximum number of transmissions is 4). As shown in FIG. 7, the base station 700 transmits service data to the in-vehicle system 701, and receives feedback information sent by the in-vehicle system 701. If the transmitted service data is first-pass data, the process of processing the first-pass data includes the following steps:
1、对长度为4240比特的源数据包进行分割获得d=10份子数据块,每份子数据块的比特数目为424;1. The source data packet of length 4240 bits is segmented to obtain d=10 partial data blocks, and the number of bits of each sub-block is 424;
2、对第j份子数据块进行Turbo编码获得第j份数据包,j=0,1,…,9,获得由d=10份数据包构成的原始包;所述第j份数据包中包含Cj=1份编码后的Turbo编码块,在进行Turbo编码之前先添加8比特CRC序列,使得每份子数据块的长度达到432比特,对所述432比特的子数据块进行Turbo编码获得长度为1308比特的编码后的Turbo编码块;2. Turbo coding the th-th sub-block to obtain the j-th packet, j=0, 1, ..., 9, obtaining the original packet composed of d=10 packets; the j-th packet is included Cj=1 copies the encoded Turbo coding block, and adds an 8-bit CRC sequence before Turbo coding, so that each sub-block has a length of 432 bits, and the 432-bit sub-block is Turbo-coded to obtain a length of 1308. a bit-coded Turbo coded block;
3、按预定码率1/2对原始包进行比特选择得到首传数据。所述的比特选择采用循环选择方法,将长度为1308比特的Turbo编码块置于一循环缓存中,比特选择时依次取出比特数据,如果到达尾比特则从首比特开始进行选择。由于预定码率为1/2,所以每个速率匹配后的Turbo编码块的比特数目为864,从而首传数据的总比特数目为8640。如果按顺序进行比特选择,则选择的起始索引位置为0,即从首比特开始,而下一次重传数据则在其尾比特索引位置加一的索引位置开始选择,本实例的下一次传输的比特选择起始索引位置为864;而如果采用版本号进行比特选择,则比特选择的起始索引位置由重传版本号ri、Turbo编码块总长度Ncb和交织深度Rsb有关,本实例中的起始比特索引位置为sti=Rsb×(2[Ncb/(8Rsb)]×ri+2),所述版本号集合为r=[0 2 1 3],集合中包含4个元素(最多4次传输数据),对应每个传输次数的版本号,第0个元素是首次传输的版本号,第1元素是第1次重传数据的版本号,第2元素是第2次重传数据的版本号,第3元素是第3次重传数据的版本号。由于本实例中,Rsb=14,Ncb=1344,r0=0,此时首传数据时,st0=28,以及对应重传数据分别为st1=700、st2=364、st3=1036。3. Perform bit selection on the original packet at a predetermined code rate of 1/2 to obtain the first transmission data. The bit selection adopts a cyclic selection method, and a Turbo coded block having a length of 1308 bits is placed in a circular buffer, and bit data is sequentially taken out when the bit is selected, and the first bit is selected if the tail bit is reached. Since the predetermined code rate is 1/2, the number of bits of the Turbo coded block after each rate matching is 864, so that the total number of bits of the first transmission data is 8640. If the bit selection is performed in order, the selected starting index position is 0, that is, starting from the first bit, and the next retransmission data is selected at the index position of the tail bit index position plus one, the next transmission of this example The bit selection starting index position is 864; and if the version number is used for bit selection, the starting index position of the bit selection is related to the retransmission version number r i , the Turbo coding block total length N cb and the interleaving depth R sb , The starting bit index position in the example is st i = R sb × (2 [N cb / (8R sb )] × r i + 2), and the version number set is r = [0 2 1 3], in the set Contains 4 elements (up to 4 times of data transmission), corresponding to the version number of each transmission number, the 0th element is the version number of the first transmission, the 1st element is the version number of the first retransmission data, and the 2nd element is The version number of the second retransmission data, and the third element is the version number of the third retransmission data. In this example, R sb =14, N cb =1344, r 0 =0, at this time, when the first data is transmitted, st 0 = 28, and the corresponding retransmission data are st 1 =700, st 2 = 364, st, respectively. 3 =1036.
4、发送所述比特选择后的d=10份数据包,比特数目都为864比特,每份数据包包括1份速率匹配后的Turbo编码块,其中速率匹配中的比特选择的起始索引位置为28。按调制方式为16QAM(即调制阶数为M=4)对所述首传数据(d=10份数据包)进行星座调制,并向车载系统701发送所述调制 后的数据流。4. Send d=10 data packets after the bit selection, the number of bits is 864 bits, and each data packet includes 1 rate-matched Turbo coding block, wherein the start index position of the bit selection in rate matching Is 28. Performing constellation modulation on the first transmission data (d=10 packets) according to a modulation mode of 16QAM (ie, modulation order M=4), and transmitting the modulation to the in-vehicle system 701 After the data stream.
当基站700向车载系统701发送完首传数据后,接收车载系统701的反馈信息,若反馈信息指示数据接收错误,则按以下步骤进行操作:After the base station 700 transmits the first transmission data to the in-vehicle system 701, it receives the feedback information of the in-vehicle system 701. If the feedback information indicates that the data is received incorrectly, the following steps are performed:
1、对原始包中所有d=10份数据包的相同索引的d=10比特构成的比特集合进行校验编码(本实例中校验编码采用单奇偶校验编码,即e=1),获得n=1308份长度都为e=1比特的校验集合,由于此时校验集合只有1比特,所以所述n=1308份校验集合构成第0个子校验包,获得1份子校验包p0,所述校验包由e=1份子校验包构成。亦可表述如下:校验包可以表示为p0=a0⊕a1⊕…⊕a(d-1),其中p0是校验包,a0、a1、…、a(d-1)是所述原始包中d份数据包。此时,原始包中每份数据包只包含1份Turbo编码块,校验包只包含1份子校验包,其中原始包800中的系统比特和校验比特、以及校验包801中的系统比特和校验比特分别如图8所示,第一数据集合是包括校验包系统比特和校验比特的比特集合(校验包的所有比特),第二数据集合是包括原始包系统比特和校验比特的比特集合(原始包的所有比特)。1. Performing check coding on a set of bits consisting of d=10 bits of the same index of all d=10 packets in the original packet (check encoding in this example adopts single parity encoding, ie, e=1), n=1308 check sets each having a length of e=1 bits. Since the check set has only 1 bit at this time, the n=1308 check sets constitute the 0th sub-check packet, and 1 sub-check packet is obtained. P0, the check packet is composed of e=1 sub-check packets. It can also be expressed as follows: the check packet can be expressed as p0=a0⊕a1⊕...⊕a(d-1), where p0 is a check packet, and a0, a1, ..., a(d-1) are the original packets. Medium d packets. At this time, each packet in the original packet contains only one Turbo coded block, and the check packet contains only one sub-check packet, wherein the system bits and check bits in the original packet 800, and the system in the check packet 801 The bit and check bits are respectively as shown in FIG. 8. The first data set is a bit set including a check packet system bit and a check bit (all bits of the check packet), and the second data set includes the original packet system bit and The set of bits of the check bits (all bits of the original packet).
2、依据反馈信息,确定重传数据比特数目;其中,反馈信息至少包括3种状态(ACK,NACK1,NACK2),若接收为ACK则表示正确接收;若接收为NACK1则指示错误接收,第i次重传数据的比特数目为864×i,i=1,2,3;若接收为NACK2则指示错误接收,第i次重传数据的比特数目为8640。2. According to the feedback information, determine the number of retransmitted data bits; wherein the feedback information includes at least three states (ACK, NACK1, NACK2), if the reception is ACK, it indicates correct reception; if the reception is NACK1, it indicates incorrect reception, i The number of bits of the secondary retransmission data is 864×i, i=1, 2, 3; if the reception is NACK2, the error reception is indicated, and the number of bits of the i-th retransmission data is 8640.
3、根据重传数据比特数目,选择以下方式之一获得所述重传数据:a、所述重传数据从第一数据集合中选择;b、所述重传数据从第二数据集合中选择。第i次重传数据中,预设的正整数N0等于首传数据中的数据包比特数目的t=i倍,i=1,2,3,首传数据中数据包比特数目为864,所以对应第1(或2或3)次重传数据,N0等于864(或864×2或864×3)。若重传数据比特数目小于或等于N0,选择方式a,若重传数据比特数目大于N0,选择方式b。若所述重传数据的比特数目为8640,从第二数据集合中进行选择,则选择出的每份数据包的比特数目为864,即每个Turbo码的比特选择出864比特,按重传版本号进行选择。3. According to the number of retransmitted data bits, select one of the following methods to obtain the retransmitted data: a, the retransmitted data is selected from the first data set; b, the retransmitted data is selected from the second data set . In the i-th retransmission data, the preset positive integer N0 is equal to t=i times the number of data packet bits in the first transmission data, i=1, 2, 3, and the number of data packet bits in the first transmission data is 864, so Corresponding to the 1st (or 2 or 3) retransmission data, N0 is equal to 864 (or 864 × 2 or 864 × 3). If the number of retransmitted data bits is less than or equal to N0, mode a is selected, and if the number of retransmitted data bits is greater than N0, mode b is selected. If the number of bits of the retransmitted data is 8640, and the selection is made from the second data set, the number of bits of each selected data packet is 864, that is, 864 bits are selected for each turbo code, and the retransmission is performed. The version number is selected.
根据以上介绍的重传数据方式,每次传输数据的调制方式都为16QAM(调制阶数为4),AWGN(加性高斯白噪声)信道下,系统归一化吞吐量 性能比较如图9所示,可以看出,所述传输处理方法都可以获得较大吞吐量增益,在第1次重传900约有1.1dB的信噪比(SNR,Signal to Noise Ratio)增益,在第2次重传901约有0.9dB的信噪比增益,在第3次重传902约有0.6dB的信噪比增益,该方法具有较大创新性。增益主要来自于两个方面,第一方面是重传数据中包含比特数目较小的校验包的比特集合,资源占用少,第二方面是包编码方法带来的编码增益,将多个数据包通过包编码方法联系起来类似构成一个大的信道编码块,使源数据包的误包率性能大为降低。According to the retransmission data method described above, the modulation mode of each transmission data is 16QAM (modulation order is 4), and the system normalized throughput under AWGN (additive white Gaussian noise) channel. The performance comparison is shown in FIG. 9. It can be seen that the transmission processing method can obtain a large throughput gain, and the first retransmission 900 has a signal-to-noise ratio (SNR) of 1.1 dB. In the second retransmission 901, there is about 0.9dB of signal-to-noise ratio gain, and in the third retransmission 902, there is about 0.6dB of signal-to-noise ratio gain. This method has great innovation. The gain mainly comes from two aspects. The first aspect is that the retransmission data contains a bit set of a check packet with a small number of bits, and the resource occupancy is small. The second aspect is the coding gain brought by the packet coding method, and multiple data are used. The packets are linked by a packet coding method to form a large channel coding block, so that the error rate performance of the source data packet is greatly reduced.
本实例以及在以下实例中所用到的Turbo编码方法都采用LTE标准中规定的编码方法。其编码过程如下:Both the present example and the Turbo coding method used in the following examples employ the coding method specified in the LTE standard. The encoding process is as follows:
在LTE系统中,Turbo编码方案采用并行级联卷积编码(PCCC,Parallel Concatenated Convolutional Code),它使用了两个8状态子编码器和一个Turbo码内交织器。Turbo编码器的码率为1/3,PCCC中8状态子编码器的传输函数为:G(D)=[1,g1(D)/g0(D)],g0(D)=1+D2+D3,g1(D)=1+D+D3,当开始进行编码时,8状态子编码器中移位寄存器的初始值为0,编码结构如图10所示。Turbo编码器输出为:
Figure PCTCN2017080294-appb-000003
其中,k=0,1,2,…,K-1。
In the LTE system, the Turbo coding scheme uses Parallel Concatenated Convolutional Code (PCCC), which uses two 8-state sub-encoders and one Turbo intra-code interleaver. The code rate of the Turbo encoder is 1/3, and the transfer function of the 8-state sub-encoder in PCCC is: G(D)=[1, g 1 (D)/g 0 (D)], g 0 (D)= 1+D 2 +D 3 , g 1 (D)=1+D+D 3 , when the encoding is started, the initial value of the shift register in the 8-state sub-encoder is 0, and the encoding structure is as shown in FIG. The Turbo encoder output is:
Figure PCTCN2017080294-appb-000003
Where k = 0, 1, 2, ..., K-1.
输入Turbo编码器的比特表示为c0,c1,c2,c3,…,cK-1,第一个和第二个8状态子编码器的输出比特分别为z0,z1,z2,z3,…,zK-1和z′0,z′1,z′2,z′3,…,z′K-1。从Turbo码内交织器的输出比特表示为c′0,c′1,…,c′K-1,这些比特将输入第二个8状态子编码器。The bits input to the Turbo encoder are denoted as c 0 , c 1 , c 2 , c 3 , ..., c K-1 , and the output bits of the first and second 8-state sub-encoders are z 0 , z 1 , respectively. z 2 , z 3 , ..., z K-1 and z' 0 , z' 1 , z' 2 , z' 3 , ..., z' K-1 . The output bits from the Turbo intra-code interleaver are denoted as c' 0 , c' 1 , ..., c' K-1 , which will be input to the second 8-state sub-encoder.
Turbo编码的迫零处理是通过从所有信息比特编码之后的移位寄存器反馈中获取尾比特来完成编码,尾比特在信息比特编码之后添加。前三个尾编码用于终止第一个编码器,此时第二个子编码器被禁用。最后三个尾比特用于终止第二个子编码器,此时第一个子编码器被禁用。那么,用于栅格终止方案的传输比特为:The forced-zero processing of Turbo coding is accomplished by obtaining the tail bits from the shift register feedback after all information bit encoding, and the tail bits are added after the information bit encoding. The first three tail codes are used to terminate the first encoder, at which point the second sub-encoder is disabled. The last three tail bits are used to terminate the second sub-encoder, at which point the first sub-encoder is disabled. Then, the transmission bits used for the grid termination scheme are:
Figure PCTCN2017080294-appb-000004
Figure PCTCN2017080294-appb-000004
Turbo码内交织器,输入Turbo码内交织器的比特表示为c0,c1,…,cK-1,其中K为输入比特的数目。Turbo码内交织器的输出表示为c′0,c′1,…,c′K-1。输入与 输出比特的关系如下:c′i=cΠ(i),i=0,1,…,(K-1)。其中,输出序号i和输入序号Π(i)的关系满足如下二次形式,即:Π(i)=(f1·i+f2·i2)modK,Π(i)=(f1·i+f2·i2)modK。参数f1和f2取决于块大小K。In the Turbo intra-code interleaver, the bits input into the Turbo code interleaver are denoted as c 0 , c 1 , ..., c K-1 , where K is the number of input bits. The output of the Turbo code interleaver is denoted as c' 0 , c' 1 , ..., c' K-1 . The relationship between the input and output bits is as follows: c' i = c Π (i) , i = 0, 1, ..., (K-1). Wherein, the relationship between the output sequence number i and the input sequence number Π(i) satisfies the following secondary form, namely: Π(i)=(f 1 ·i+f 2 ·i 2 )modK, Π(i)=(f 1 · i+f 2 ·i 2 )modK. The parameters f 1 and f 2 depend on the block size K.
Turbo编码输出的码字比特序列的速率匹配如图11所示,Turbo编码的传输信道的速率匹配的过程为:首先将三个信息比特流
Figure PCTCN2017080294-appb-000005
Figure PCTCN2017080294-appb-000006
分别进行交织,然后进行比特收集,之后是循环缓存器的产生,最后是比特选择获得传输的比特序列ek
The rate matching of the codeword bit sequence output by Turbo coding is as shown in FIG. 11. The rate matching process of the turbo coded transmission channel is as follows: first, three information bit streams are used.
Figure PCTCN2017080294-appb-000005
and
Figure PCTCN2017080294-appb-000006
The interleaving is performed separately, followed by bit collection, followed by the generation of the circular buffer, and finally the bit selection to obtain the transmitted bit sequence e k .
比特流
Figure PCTCN2017080294-appb-000007
根据特定的子块交织器进行交织,其对应的输出序列分别定义为
Figure PCTCN2017080294-appb-000008
每个比特流的子块交织器统一定义如下:用
Figure PCTCN2017080294-appb-000009
表示对应第i输出序列的子块交织器的输入比特,D为比特数,i=0,1,2。子块交织器的输出比特序列生成过程为:
Bit stream
Figure PCTCN2017080294-appb-000007
Interleaving according to a specific sub-block interleaver, the corresponding output sequences are respectively defined as
Figure PCTCN2017080294-appb-000008
The sub-block interleaver of each bit stream is uniformly defined as follows:
Figure PCTCN2017080294-appb-000009
Indicates the input bit of the sub-block interleaver corresponding to the ith output sequence, D is the number of bits, i=0, 1, 2. The output bit sequence generation process of the sub-block interleaver is:
1)、令
Figure PCTCN2017080294-appb-000010
为矩阵的列数,矩阵的每列序号从左至右为
Figure PCTCN2017080294-appb-000011
Figure PCTCN2017080294-appb-000012
1), order
Figure PCTCN2017080294-appb-000010
For the number of columns in the matrix, the serial number of each column of the matrix is from left to right.
Figure PCTCN2017080294-appb-000011
Figure PCTCN2017080294-appb-000012
2)、矩阵的行数
Figure PCTCN2017080294-appb-000013
为满足下式的最小的整数:
Figure PCTCN2017080294-appb-000014
矩阵的每行序号从上至下为
Figure PCTCN2017080294-appb-000015
2), the number of rows of the matrix
Figure PCTCN2017080294-appb-000013
To satisfy the smallest integer of the following formula:
Figure PCTCN2017080294-appb-000014
Each row of the matrix has a serial number from top to bottom.
Figure PCTCN2017080294-appb-000015
3)、如果
Figure PCTCN2017080294-appb-000016
则在头部添加
Figure PCTCN2017080294-appb-000017
个虚比特,使得yk=<NULL>,k=0,1,…,ND-1。然后,
Figure PCTCN2017080294-appb-000018
从矩阵
Figure PCTCN2017080294-appb-000019
第0行第0列位置开始逐行写入比特序列yk(从比特y0开始写)。
3) If
Figure PCTCN2017080294-appb-000016
Then add in the header
Figure PCTCN2017080294-appb-000017
Virtual bits such that y k =<NULL>, k=0,1,...,N D -1. then,
Figure PCTCN2017080294-appb-000018
From matrix
Figure PCTCN2017080294-appb-000019
The 0th row and 0th column positions start writing the bit sequence y k line by line (writing from bit y 0 ).
Figure PCTCN2017080294-appb-000020
Figure PCTCN2017080294-appb-000020
对于
Figure PCTCN2017080294-appb-000021
Figure PCTCN2017080294-appb-000022
按4和5进行。
for
Figure PCTCN2017080294-appb-000021
with
Figure PCTCN2017080294-appb-000022
Follow 4 and 5.
4)、基于下表中所示的
Figure PCTCN2017080294-appb-000023
的模式,进行矩阵的列间置换,其中,P(j)表示第j个变换列的原始列位置。进行列间置换后的
Figure PCTCN2017080294-appb-000024
维矩阵为:
4), based on the table shown in the table below
Figure PCTCN2017080294-appb-000023
The mode of the inter-column permutation of the matrix, where P(j) represents the original column position of the j-th transform column. After inter-column replacement
Figure PCTCN2017080294-appb-000024
The dimension matrix is:
Figure PCTCN2017080294-appb-000025
Figure PCTCN2017080294-appb-000025
5)、子块交织器的输出是从列变换之后的
Figure PCTCN2017080294-appb-000026
维矩阵中逐列读出的比特序列。子块交织的输出比特表示为
Figure PCTCN2017080294-appb-000027
其中,
Figure PCTCN2017080294-appb-000028
对应于yP(0)
Figure PCTCN2017080294-appb-000029
对应于
Figure PCTCN2017080294-appb-000030
Figure PCTCN2017080294-appb-000031
5), the output of the sub-block interleaver is after the column transformation
Figure PCTCN2017080294-appb-000026
A sequence of bits read out column by column in a dimensional matrix. The output bits of the sub-block interleaving are expressed as
Figure PCTCN2017080294-appb-000027
among them,
Figure PCTCN2017080294-appb-000028
Corresponding to y P(0)
Figure PCTCN2017080294-appb-000029
Corresponding to
Figure PCTCN2017080294-appb-000030
And
Figure PCTCN2017080294-appb-000031
对于
Figure PCTCN2017080294-appb-000032
按6进行。
for
Figure PCTCN2017080294-appb-000032
Press 6 to proceed.
6)、用
Figure PCTCN2017080294-appb-000033
表示子块交织器的输出,其中
Figure PCTCN2017080294-appb-000034
同时
6), use
Figure PCTCN2017080294-appb-000033
Represents the output of the sub-block interleaver, where
Figure PCTCN2017080294-appb-000034
Simultaneously
Figure PCTCN2017080294-appb-000035
Figure PCTCN2017080294-appb-000035
置换模式P的定义见下表:The definition of the replacement mode P is shown in the following table:
Figure PCTCN2017080294-appb-000036
Figure PCTCN2017080294-appb-000036
比特收集中,对应Turbo编码块的长度为Kw=3KΠ的循环缓存器按如下方式生成:
Figure PCTCN2017080294-appb-000037
for k=0,…,KΠ-1;
Figure PCTCN2017080294-appb-000038
for k=0,…,KΠ-1;
Figure PCTCN2017080294-appb-000039
for k=0,…,KΠ-1。所述的wk就是经过Turbo编码后获得的编码后的Turbo编码块,进行速率匹配就是在所述wk中进行比特选择。
Collection of bits, corresponding to Turbo coding block length is K w = 3K Π generate the circular buffer as follows:
Figure PCTCN2017080294-appb-000037
For k=0,...,K Π -1;
Figure PCTCN2017080294-appb-000038
For k=0,...,K Π -1;
Figure PCTCN2017080294-appb-000039
For k=0,...,K Π -1. The w k is the encoded Turbo coded block obtained after Turbo coding, and the rate matching is performed in the w k .
比特选择中,根据传输版本号rvidx、子块交织的行数
Figure PCTCN2017080294-appb-000040
Turbo编码块软缓存的比特长度Ncb,确定比特选择的起始比特:
Figure PCTCN2017080294-appb-000041
从第k0比特开始选择,忽略填充比特。
In bit selection, the number of lines interleaved according to the transmission version number rv idx and sub-blocks
Figure PCTCN2017080294-appb-000040
The bit length N cb of the Turbo coded block soft buffer determines the start bit of the bit selection:
Figure PCTCN2017080294-appb-000041
The selection starts from the k0th bit, and the padding bits are ignored.
实例2Example 2
本实例与实例1的区别在于:重传数据的比特数目不同,当基站700向车载系统701发送完首传数据后,接收车载系统701的反馈信息,若反馈信 息指示数据接收错误,所述数据混合重传方法包括如下所述:The difference between this example and the example 1 is that the number of bits of the retransmitted data is different. When the base station 700 sends the first transmission data to the in-vehicle system 701, the feedback information of the in-vehicle system 701 is received, if the feedback letter The information indicates a data reception error, and the data hybrid retransmission method includes the following:
确定重传数据比特数目,其中,所述重传数据比特数目等于调制阶数和预设资源数目的乘积,设系统设定的调制方式为16QAM(调制阶数M=4),重传数据的系统预设资源为1500个星座符号,即可以计算出重传数据的比特数目等于6000;Determining the number of retransmitted data bits, wherein the number of retransmitted data bits is equal to a product of a modulation order and a preset resource number, and the modulation mode set by the system is 16QAM (modulation order M=4), and the data is retransmitted. The system preset resource is 1500 constellation symbols, that is, the number of bits for retransmitting data can be calculated to be equal to 6000;
根据重传数据比特数目6000,从第一数据集合和第二数据集合中进行比特选择获得所述重传数据。由于首传数据中原始包中的每份数据包(Turbo编码块)已经传输了864比特,为了使得重传数据中的原始包中每份数据包以及校验包的比特数目基本相等(每份数据包和校验包中各自总传输比特数目的差值在5比特以内,所述总传输比特数目是指所有已经传输的比特,包括首传数据和重传数据),则从第一数据集合中多选择864比特,剩余比特数目由d=10份数据包和1份校验包平均分配,即重传数据中的速率匹配后的10份数据包的比特数目计算如下:有d1=10份数据包的比特数目为N1=707,d-d1=0份数据包的比特数目为N1-1=706,
Figure PCTCN2017080294-appb-000042
d1=mod(N-n,N1-1)=10,以及重传数据中的校验包的比特数目为N-d1×N1-(d-d1)×(N1-1)=1570,其中,N为重传数据比特数目6000,n是首传数据中的任一份数据包的比特数目864,按该比特数目从第一数据集合和第二数据集合进行比特选择可以获得比特数目为6000比特的重传数据。所述比特选择的起始比特索引位置可以由传输版本号rvidx、子块交织的行数
Figure PCTCN2017080294-appb-000043
Turbo编码块软缓存的比特长度Ncb确定,该方法如实例1所述,这里不再赘述;或者可以按顺序方式进行比特选择,例如,若上次选择的最末的索引位置为y,则本次比特选择的起始比特索引位置为y+1,并且当从数据中选择到尾比特时则从首比特继续选择,直到收集完所需要的比特数目。
According to the number of retransmitted data bits 6000, the retransmission data is obtained by performing bit selection from the first data set and the second data set. Since each data packet (Turbo coding block) in the original packet in the first transmission data has been transmitted 864 bits, in order to make the number of bits of each data packet and the verification packet in the original packet in the retransmission data substantially equal (per copy The difference between the total number of transmission bits in the data packet and the verification packet is within 5 bits, and the total number of transmission bits refers to all transmitted bits, including the first transmission data and the retransmission data, and then from the first data set In the middle, 864 bits are selected, and the remaining number of bits is equally distributed by d=10 packets and one parity packet, that is, the number of bits of the 10 packets after rate matching in the retransmitted data is calculated as follows: there is d 1 =10 The number of bits of the data packet is N 1 = 707, and the number of bits of the dd 1 =0 packet is N 1 -1 = 706.
Figure PCTCN2017080294-appb-000042
d 1 = mod(Nn, N 1 -1)=10, and the number of bits of the parity packet in the retransmission data is Nd 1 ×N 1 -(dd 1 )×(N 1 -1)=1570, where N is the number of retransmitted data bits 6000, where n is the number of bits 864 of any one of the first data, and the number of bits is 6,000 bits from the first data set and the second data set according to the number of bits. Retransmit data. The starting bit index position of the bit selection may be the number of lines interleaved by the transmission version number rv idx and the sub-block
Figure PCTCN2017080294-appb-000043
The bit length N cb of the Turbo coded block soft buffer is determined. The method is as described in Example 1, and will not be described here; or the bit selection may be performed in a sequential manner, for example, if the last selected index position is y, then The start bit index position of this bit selection is y+1, and when the tail bit is selected from the data, the selection is continued from the first bit until the required number of bits is collected.
对以上比特选择输出的6000比特的重传数据进行16QAM调制,可以获得1500个星座调制符号,发送所述调制后的星座符号。By performing 16QAM modulation on the 6000 bit retransmission data of the above bit selection output, 1500 constellation modulation symbols can be obtained, and the modulated constellation symbols are transmitted.
实例3Example 3
本实例与实例1的区别在于,所述第一数据集合的定义不同,所述第一数据集合包括校验包的所有比特,而第二数据集合只包括原始包的所有校验比特。重传数据的比特数目和实例1的相同,比特选择按顺序方式进行循环 选择。The present example differs from the example 1 in that the definition of the first data set is different, the first data set includes all bits of the check packet, and the second data set includes only all check bits of the original packet. The number of bits of retransmitted data is the same as that of instance 1, and bit selection is looped in a sequential manner. select.
或者,所述第一数据集合包括校验包的所有系统比特,第二数据集合包括原始包的校验比特和校验包的校验比特,此时所述预设正整数N0等于校验包中的系统比特数目432的i倍,其中,i是重传次数,如果是第1(或2或3)次重传则i=1(或2或3)。如果第1次重传数据的比特数目为432,从第一数据集合中选择432比特,由于第一数据集合只包含校验包系统比特且其比特数目正好等于432比特,该比特选择得到的432比特就是所有第一数据集合中的所有比特;若第2次重传数据的比特数目为600(该值可以是由系统预设,或者接收端反馈信息指示,或者由可分配资源所确定),其值小于432×2,所以还是从第一数据集合中进行选择;其他依次类推操作可以获得相应比特的重传数据。Or the first data set includes all system bits of the check packet, and the second data set includes a check bit of the original packet and a check bit of the check packet, where the preset positive integer N0 is equal to the check packet. i times the number of systematic bits 432, where i is the number of retransmissions, and if it is the 1st (or 2 or 3) retransmissions, i = 1 (or 2 or 3). If the number of bits of the first retransmission data is 432, 432 bits are selected from the first data set. Since the first data set only contains the check packet system bits and the number of bits is exactly equal to 432 bits, the bit selection is 432. The bit is all bits in all the first data sets; if the number of bits of the second retransmission data is 600 (the value may be preset by the system, or indicated by the receiving end feedback information, or determined by the allocatable resources), The value is less than 432×2, so the selection is still made from the first data set; the other analogy operations can obtain the retransmitted data of the corresponding bits.
或者,所述第一数据集合包括校验包的所有系统比特,第二数据集合包括原始包的所有比特。或者,所述第一数据集合包括校验包的所有系统比特,第二数据集合包括原始包的校验比特。所述的比特选择方法与以上所述方法类似,这里不再赘述。Alternatively, the first data set includes all system bits of the check packet, and the second data set includes all bits of the original packet. Alternatively, the first data set includes all system bits of the check packet, and the second data set includes check bits of the original packet. The bit selection method is similar to the method described above, and details are not described herein again.
实例4Example 4
根据本申请的一个方面,用于无线数据通信系统,其中可以用于一种用户设备(UE)或者基站。所述用户设备包括:移动设备、接入终端、用户终端、用户站、用户单元、移动站、远程站、远程终端、用户代理、用户装置、用户设备、或一些其它术语,用户设备用于向基站发送数据,以及还包括物联网中的UE之间的通信等。所述用户设备也可是手机、汽车、平板电脑、各种传感节点等。所述基站包括接入点(AP)、或可以称为节点B(node B)、无线电网络控制器(RNC)、演进型Node B(Evolved Node B,eNB)、基站控制器(BSC)、基站收发台(BTS)、基站(BS)、收发机功能体(TF)、无线电路由器、无线电收发机、基本服务单元(BSS)、扩展服务单元(ESS)、无线电基站(RBS),或一些其它术语。According to an aspect of the present application, a wireless data communication system is applicable to a User Equipment (UE) or a base station. The user equipment includes: a mobile device, an access terminal, a user terminal, a subscriber station, a subscriber unit, a mobile station, a remote station, a remote terminal, a user agent, a user equipment, a user equipment, or some other terminology, and the user equipment is used to The base station transmits data, and also includes communication between UEs in the Internet of Things and the like. The user equipment may also be a mobile phone, a car, a tablet, various sensing nodes, and the like. The base station includes an access point (AP), or may be referred to as a Node B, a Radio Network Controller (RNC), an Evolved Node B (eNB), a Base Station Controller (BSC), and a base station. Transceiver Station (BTS), Base Station (BS), Transceiver Function (TF), Radio Router, Radio Transceiver, Basic Service Unit (BSS), Extended Service Unit (ESS), Radio Base Station (RBS), or some other terminology .
根据申请的一个方面,提供一种数据混合重传处理方法,用于接收端,接收处理如实例1所述的发送数据,根据实例1中发送端发送的数据,本实例的接收端(车载系统)进行接收处理。 According to an aspect of the application, a data hybrid retransmission processing method is provided for a receiving end, which receives the transmission data as described in Example 1, and according to the data sent by the transmitting end in the example 1, the receiving end of the present example (the vehicle system) ) Perform receiving processing.
接收首传数据处理方法包括:接收首传数据的2160个星座符号,对该2160符号进行星座解调获得8640个软信息(对数似然比信息);按实例1所述的比特选择方法进行相反操作,即对所述8640个软信息进行解速率匹配获得10份Turbo编码块软信息,每份的软信息数目都为1308,其中没有被选择的比特位置的软信息设置为0;对所述解速率匹配后的10份Turbo编码块软信息进行解码,并通过循环冗余校验序列(CRC序列)和Turbo码字空间中至少一项对解码结果进行判决(所述判决方法不限于以上所述方法),如果所有解码结果正确,则向发送端反馈信息指示正确接收;如果解码结果有错误,当Turbo码错误数目与总Turbo码块数目的比值小于或等于T时,则反馈NACK1,指示重传864比特的重传数据,而当Turbo码错误数目与总Turbo码块数目的比值大于T时,则反馈NACK2,指示重传8640比特的重传数据,其中,所述的预设阈值T是大于0且小于1的实数,在本实例中,T等于0.9。The method for receiving the first transmission data includes: receiving 2160 constellation symbols of the first transmission data, performing constellation demodulation on the 2160 symbols to obtain 8640 soft information (log likelihood ratio information); performing the bit selection method according to the example 1 The reverse operation is to perform de-rate matching on the 8640 pieces of soft information to obtain 10 pieces of Turbo coded block soft information, and the number of soft information per copy is 1308, wherein the soft information of the selected bit position is set to 0; Decoding the 10 pieces of Turbo coded block soft information after the rate matching, and decoding the decoding result by at least one of a cyclic redundancy check sequence (CRC sequence) and a Turbo code word space (the decision method is not limited to the above) The method), if all decoding results are correct, feeding back information to the transmitting end to indicate correct reception; if the decoding result is wrong, when the ratio of the number of Turbo code errors to the total number of Turbo code blocks is less than or equal to T, then NACK1 is fed back. Indicates to retransmit 864 bits of retransmission data, and when the ratio of the number of Turbo code errors to the total number of Turbo code blocks is greater than T, then NACK2 is fed back, indicating retransmission of 8640 bits of retransmission Data, wherein said predetermined threshold value T is a real number greater than 0 and less than 1, in the present example, T is equal to 0.9.
接收重传数据处理方法包括:接收重传数据的对应数目的星座符号,对所示星座符号进行解调获得相应的软信息序列;按实例1所述的重传数据比特选择方法进行相反操作,若只有数目为864个软信息校验包的比特序列,则解速率匹配得到软信息数目都为1308的校验包,若所述重传数据中包含原始包中的比特数据,则解速率匹配得到相应原始包中Turbo码块的软信息,其中没有被选择的比特位置的软信息设置为0;合并先前接收的和当前接收的已经通过解速率匹配后的原始包软信息和校验包软信息,例如,如果本次接收是第2次重传数据,第j个Turbo编码块软信息为:The receiving retransmission data processing method includes: receiving a corresponding number of constellation symbols of the retransmitted data, demodulating the constellation symbols to obtain a corresponding soft information sequence; performing the reverse operation according to the retransmission data bit selection method described in Embodiment 1, If there are only 864 soft information check packet bit sequences, the de-rate matching results in a check packet having a soft information number of 1308. If the retransmitted data includes bit data in the original packet, the de-rate matching Obtaining soft information of the Turbo code block in the corresponding original packet, wherein the soft information of the selected bit position is set to 0; combining the previously received and currently received soft information of the original packet and the check packet that have been matched by the de-rate Information, for example, if the current reception is the second retransmission of data, the soft information of the jth turbo coded block is:
Figure PCTCN2017080294-appb-000044
Figure PCTCN2017080294-appb-000044
其中,
Figure PCTCN2017080294-appb-000045
是第i次重传数据中第j个Turbo编码块软信息,LLRj是软数据合并后的第j个Turbo编码块的软数据,j=0,1,…,9,以及校验包软数据也是按相同处理方法进行合并获得;然后再对所述10份解速率匹配后的Turbo编码块软信息和校验包软信息进行解码,获得源数据包,由于校验包是所有Turbo编码块的异或结果(单奇偶校验编码),所以所述校验包也属于所述的Turbo码字空间,也可以进行Turbo译码,所述解码方法可以采用以下所述步骤(迭代方法)进行:1、先对d=10份Turbo编码块软信息和校 验包软信息进行Turbo译码;2、对Turbo译码进行判决,保留译码错误的Turbo编码块软信息,如果译码正确或者达到最大迭代次数(最大为5次)则退出迭代;3、通过包编码译码对译码错误的Turbo编码块软信息进行修正,返回第1步骤;并通过循环冗余校验序列(CRC序列)和Turbo码字空间中至少一项对解码结果进行判决(所述判决方法不限于以上所述方法),如果所有Turbo码解码结果正确,则向发送端反馈信息ACK指示正确接收;如果解码结果有错误,当Turbo码错误数目与总Turbo码块数目的比值小于或等于T时,则反馈NACK1,指示重传864比特的重传数据,而当Turbo码错误数目与总Turbo码块数目的比值大于T时,则反馈NACK2,指示重传8640比特的重传数据,其中,所述的预设阈值T是大于0且小于1的实数,在本实例中,T等于0.9。
among them,
Figure PCTCN2017080294-appb-000045
Is the jth turbo coded block soft information in the i-th retransmission data, LLR j is the soft data of the jth turbo code block after the soft data is merged, j=0, 1, ..., 9, and the check packet soft The data is also obtained by combining the same processing method; then the 10 pieces of the de-rate matched Turbo coded block soft information and the check packet soft information are decoded to obtain the source data packet, since the check packet is all Turbo coded blocks. XOR result (single parity coding), so the verification packet also belongs to the Turbo codeword space, and can also perform Turbo decoding, and the decoding method can be performed by the following steps (iteration method) 1. First, Turbo decoding is performed on d=10 copies of Turbo coded block soft information and check packet soft information; 2. Determining Turbo decoding, retaining decoding error Turbo coded block soft information, if the decoding is correct or When the maximum number of iterations is reached (maximum of 5 times), the iteration is exited; 3. The soft coding information of the decoded error Turbo coding block is corrected by packet coding and decoding, and the first step is returned; and the cyclic redundancy check sequence (CRC sequence) is adopted. And at least one of the Turbo codeword spaces The decoding result is judged (the decision method is not limited to the above method), if all Turbo codes are decoded correctly, the information ACK is fed back to the transmitting end to indicate correct reception; if the decoding result is wrong, when the number of Turbo codes is wrong and the total Turbo When the ratio of the number of code blocks is less than or equal to T, NACK1 is fed back to indicate retransmission of 864 bits of retransmission data, and when the ratio of the number of Turbo codes to the total number of Turbo code blocks is greater than T, NACK2 is fed back to indicate retransmission. 8640 bits of retransmission data, wherein the predetermined threshold T is a real number greater than 0 and less than 1, in this example, T is equal to 0.9.
实例5Example 5
根据本申请的一个方面,用于LTE移动通信系统或者未来第五代移动通信系统,数据传输方向为基站向移动用户发送数据(下行传输业务数据),或者数据传输方向为移动用户向基站发送数据(上行传输业务数据)。所述移动用户包括:移动设备、为接入终端、用户终端、用户站、用户单元、移动站、远程站、远程终端、用户代理、用户装置、用户设备、或一些其它术语。所述基站包括接入点(AP)、或可以称为节点B(node B)、无线电网络控制器(RNC)、演进型Node B(Evolved Node B,eNB)、基站控制器(BSC)、基站收发台(BTS)、基站(BS)、收发机功能体(TF)、无线电路由器、无线电收发机、基本服务单元(BSS)、扩展服务单元(ESS)、无线电基站(RBS),或一些其它术语。According to an aspect of the present application, in an LTE mobile communication system or a future fifth generation mobile communication system, a data transmission direction is a base station transmitting data (downlink transmission service data) to a mobile user, or a data transmission direction is a mobile user transmitting data to a base station. (Upstream transmission service data). The mobile user includes: a mobile device, an access terminal, a user terminal, a subscriber station, a subscriber unit, a mobile station, a remote station, a remote terminal, a user agent, a user device, a user equipment, or some other terminology. The base station includes an access point (AP), or may be referred to as a Node B, a Radio Network Controller (RNC), an Evolved Node B (eNB), a Base Station Controller (BSC), and a base station. Transceiver Station (BTS), Base Station (BS), Transceiver Function (TF), Radio Router, Radio Transceiver, Basic Service Unit (BSS), Extended Service Unit (ESS), Radio Base Station (RBS), or some other terminology .
根据本申请的一个方面,提供一种数据混合重传处理方法,用于接收端,接收处理如下所述发送端所发送的传输数据:源数据包的比特数目为16000,分成16份比特数目都为1000比特的子数据块,对每份子数据块添加比特数目为8比特的CRC序列,每2份添加CRC序列后子数据块为1份数据包,故总共有8份数据包,对8份数据包中的所有添加CRC序列后的子数据块进行Turbo编码获得数目为3036比特的编码后Turbo编码块,每份数据包的比特数目为6072,包含2份比特数目都为编码后Turbo编码块,所述Turbo编 码和实例1中编码方法相同,所述8份比特数目都为6072的数据包构成原始包;对该16份编码后Turbo编码块进行比特选择获得码率为3/4的速率匹配后的Turbo编码块,即每份码率匹配后的Turbo编码块的比特数目为1344,同时也可知每份发送数据包的比特数目为1344×2=2688,以及首传数据的总比特数目为1344×16=21504,采用调制方式为QPSK(正交相移键控),调制阶数等于2,星座调制符号数为10752。如果按重传版本号进行比特选择,如按实例1所述依据重传版本号等参数确定每次传输数据的起始比特的方法,本实例中,首传数据时,st0=63,如图16(a)所示的起始比特1603,其中图16(a)所示的每个Turbo编码块已经经过子块交织和比特收集获得的码字;以及对应第1次、2次、3次重传数据的比特选择起始索引位置分别为st1=1599、st2=831、st3=2367。若采用顺序比特选择方式进行,则第0次(首次)传输数据中速率匹配后的Turbo编码块的比特选择起始索引位置为0,如图17(a)所示;第1次传输数据中速率匹配后的Turbo编码块的比特选择起始索引位置等于第0次的索引位置值加1,并对Turbo编码块总比特数目3036求余(让起始索引位置值小于3036);第2次传输数据中速率匹配后的Turbo编码块的比特选择起始索引位置等于第1次的索引位置值加1,并对Turbo编码块总比特数目3036求余;第3次传输数据中速率匹配后的Turbo编码块的比特选择起始索引位置等于第2次的索引位置值加1,并对Turbo编码块总比特数目3036求余。According to an aspect of the present application, a data hybrid retransmission processing method is provided for a receiving end to receive transmission data sent by a transmitting end as follows: the number of bits of the source data packet is 16000, and the number of bits is divided into 16 bits. For a 1000-bit sub-block, a CRC sequence with a bit number of 8 bits is added for each sub-block, and the sub-block is 1 packet after every 2 CRC sequences are added, so there are 8 packets in total, for 8 copies. All the sub-blocks after adding the CRC sequence in the data packet are Turbo-coded to obtain a number of encoded 30-bit Turbo coded blocks. The number of bits per packet is 6072, and the number of bits including 2 bits is the encoded turbo code block. The turbo coding is the same as the coding method in the first embodiment, and the 8 packets of the number of bits of 6072 constitute the original packet; the 16-coded turbo coded block is bit-selected to obtain a rate of 3/4. The matched Turbo coding block, that is, the number of bits of the turbo code block after matching each code rate is 1344, and it is also known that the number of bits per transmitted data packet is 1344×2=2688, and the number of first transmissions The total number of bits is 1344 × 16 = 21504, using the modulation scheme is QPSK (Quadrature Phase Shift Keying) modulation order equal to 2, the number of modulation symbols of the constellation 10752. If the bit selection is performed according to the retransmission version number, as described in Example 1, the method of determining the start bit of each data transmission according to the parameters such as the retransmission version number, in this example, when the data is first transmitted, st 0 = 63, such as a start bit 1603 shown in FIG. 16(a), wherein each Turbo coded block shown in FIG. 16(a) has undergone sub-block interleaving and bit-harvesting obtained codewords; and corresponding to the first, second, and third The bit selection start index positions of the secondary retransmission data are st 1 =1599, st 2 = 831, and st 3 = 2367, respectively. If the sequential bit selection mode is used, the bit selection start index position of the turbo matched block after the rate matching in the 0th (first) transmission data is 0, as shown in FIG. 17(a); in the first transmission data. The bit matching start index position of the rate matched Turbo coded block is equal to the 0th index position value plus 1 and the total number of bits of the Turbo coded block is 3036 (the starting index position value is less than 3036); the second time The bit selection start index position of the rate-matched Turbo coded block in the transmission data is equal to the first index position value plus one, and the total number of bits of the turbo code block is 3036; the rate is matched in the third transmission data. The bit selection start index position of the turbo code block is equal to the second index position value plus one, and the total number of bits of the turbo code block is 3036.
依据以上所述的传输数据,本实例提供一种数据混合重传处理方法,用于数据接收侧(下行时是移动用户,上行时是基站),包括以下步骤:According to the above-mentioned transmission data, the present embodiment provides a data hybrid retransmission processing method, which is used for the data receiving side (the mobile user in the downlink and the base station in the uplink), and includes the following steps:
1,接收发送端的传输数据;对接收到的10752个星座符号进行解调,获得21504个软信息值(对数似然比),划分为16份数目都为1344的软信息块(8份软数据包,每份软数据包包括2份软信息块),进行解速率匹配获得相应的Turbo码软数据块。1, receiving the transmission data of the transmitting end; demodulating the received 10752 constellation symbols, obtaining 21504 soft information values (log likelihood ratio), and dividing into 16 soft information blocks each having a number of 1344 (8 soft sections) The data packet, each soft data packet includes 2 soft information blocks, and is subjected to de-rate matching to obtain a corresponding Turbo code soft data block.
2,对接收到的传输数据进行解码;对所述解速率匹配后的16份软信息块进行Turbo解码,获得16份解码信息块,即得到8份解码数据包,所述每份解码数据包中有2份解码信息块。2, decoding the received transmission data; performing Turbo decoding on the 16 soft information blocks after the de-rate matching, obtaining 16 decoding information blocks, that is, obtaining 8 decoding data packets, each of the decoding data packets There are 2 decoding blocks in the middle.
3,通过CRC序列和是否属于Turbo码码字空间等方式中至少一项判决 所述接收到的8份解码数据包的正确性。若所述解码结果错误,向发送端发送反馈信息,由所述反馈信息和首传数据确定重传数据比特数目,选择以下方式之一获得所述重传数据:a、所述重传数据从第一数据集合中选择;b、所述重传数据从第二数据集合和第一数据集合中至少一项选择;其中,所述第一数据集合是至少包括校验包系统比特的比特集合,所述第二数据集合是至少包括原始包校验比特的比特集合,原始包包含多份数据包,所述校验包是对所述原始包进行包编码获得。3. At least one of the CRC sequence and whether it belongs to the Turbo code code word space The correctness of the received 8 decoded data packets. If the decoding result is incorrect, sending feedback information to the transmitting end, determining the number of retransmitted data bits from the feedback information and the first transmission data, and selecting one of the following manners to obtain the retransmitted data: a, the retransmitted data from Selecting from the first data set; b, the retransmitted data is selected from at least one of the second data set and the first data set; wherein the first data set is a bit set including at least a check packet system bit, The second data set is a bit set including at least an original packet check bit, and the original packet includes a plurality of data packets, and the check packet is obtained by performing packet coding on the original packet.
所述包编码中,若校验编码采用单奇偶校验编码,即所述校验包只包含1个子校验包。即,校验包为可以表示为P0=S0⊕S1⊕…⊕S7,其中,P0是校验包,S0,S1,…,S7是所述原始包中d=8份数据包,每份数据包的比特数目为6072,包含2份Turbo编码块。如图15所示,校验包1501的系统比特由8份数据包(S0,S1,…,S7)的系统比特进行单奇偶校验编码获得,校验包1501的校验比特由8份数据包(S0,S1,…,S7)1500的校验比特进行单奇偶校验编码获得,每份数据包的系统比特由属于该数据包的所有Turbo编码块的系统比特构成,而原始包系统比特是所有数据包的系统比特构成,每份数据包的校验比特由属于该数据包的所有Turbo编码块的校验比特构成,原始包校验比特是所有数据包的校验比特构成。In the packet coding, if the check code adopts a single parity check code, that is, the check packet includes only one sub-check packet. That is, the check packet can be expressed as P0=S0⊕S1⊕...⊕S7, where P0 is a check packet, S0, S1, ..., S7 is d=8 packets in the original packet, each data The number of bits in the packet is 6072, including 2 copies of Turbo coded blocks. As shown in FIG. 15, the systematic bits of the check packet 1501 are obtained by single parity check coding of system bits of 8 data packets (S0, S1, ..., S7), and the check bits of the check packet 1501 are composed of 8 data. The check bits of the packet (S0, S1, ..., S7) 1500 are obtained by single parity coding, and the systematic bits of each data packet are composed of systematic bits of all Turbo coding blocks belonging to the data packet, and the original packet system bits It is a systematic bit structure of all data packets, and the check bits of each data packet are composed of parity bits of all Turbo coded blocks belonging to the data packet, and the original packet check bits are composed of check bits of all data packets.
步骤3中,若所述接收的传输数据误码块率大于T(i-1)且小于Ti,发送反馈信息i,用于指示重传数据比特数目等于Di;其中,Ti是预设阈值集合的第i个元素,且0<T(i-1)<Ti,i=[2,3,4],反馈信息i是反馈信息集合中第i个元素,Di是预设重传数据比特数目集合中第i个元素,Di是大于0的整数,且D(i-1)<Di;所述接收的传输数据误码块率是所述接收传输数据中的误码块数与所述接收传输数据中所有码块数的比值。在本实例中,预设阈值集合为[0 0.2 0.4 0.7 1],反馈信息集合为[ACK,NACK0,NACK1,NACK2,NACK3],预设重传数据比特数目集合为[0,2688,8000,16000,21504]。如果所述接收的传输数据误码块率等于T0(即等于0),发送反馈信息0(即ACK),指示重传数据比特数目等于D0(即等于0)。In step 3, if the received transmission data error block rate is greater than T(i-1) and less than Ti, the feedback information i is sent to indicate that the number of retransmitted data bits is equal to Di; where Ti is a preset threshold set The i-th element, and 0<T(i-1)<Ti,i=[2,3,4], the feedback information i is the i-th element in the feedback information set, and Di is the number of preset retransmission data bits The i-th element in the set, Di is an integer greater than 0, and D(i-1)<Di; the received transmission data error block rate is the number of error blocks in the received transmission data and the reception The ratio of the number of all code blocks in the transmitted data. In this example, the preset threshold set is [0 0.2 0.4 0.7 1], the feedback information set is [ACK, NACK0, NACK1, NACK2, NACK3], and the preset retransmission data bit number set is [0, 2688, 8000, 16000, 21504]. If the received transmission data error block rate is equal to T0 (ie, equal to 0), feedback information 0 (ie, ACK) is sent, indicating that the number of retransmitted data bits is equal to D0 (ie, equal to 0).
在步骤3中,包括:若所述接收的传输数据正确,则反馈信息0(ACK),指示正确接收;若所述接收的传输数据的误码块率大于0且小于T,发送反 馈信息1(NACK1),指示重传数据比特数目等于首传数据中的任一份数据包比特数目,即等于2688;若所述接收的传输数据的误码块率大于或等于T,发送反馈信息2(NACK2),指示重传数据比特数目等于首传数据的比特数目,即等于21504;其中,T=0.9,误码块率是所述接收传输数据中的错误Turbo码块数与所述接收传输数据中的所有Turbo码块数(等于16)的比值。In step 3, if the received transmission data is correct, feedback information 0 (ACK) indicates correct reception; if the received error rate of the received transmission data is greater than 0 and less than T, the transmission is reversed. Feeding information 1 (NACK1), indicating that the number of retransmitted data bits is equal to the number of data packet bits in the first transmission data, that is, equal to 2688; if the error block rate of the received transmission data is greater than or equal to T, sending feedback Information 2 (NACK2), indicating that the number of retransmitted data bits is equal to the number of bits of the first transmission data, that is, equal to 21504; wherein, T=0.9, the error block rate is the number of erroneous Turbo code blocks in the received transmission data and the The ratio of the number of all Turbo code blocks (equal to 16) in the transmitted data is received.
或者,所述在步骤3中,可以包括:若所述接收的传输数据正确,则反馈信息0(ACK),指示正确接收;若所述接收的传输数据的误码块率大于0且小于T0,发送反馈信息1(NACK1),指示重传数据比特数目等于首传数据中的任一份数据包比特数目,即等于2688;若所述接收的传输数据的误码块率大于或等于T0且小于T1,发送反馈信2(NACK2),指示重传数据比特数目等于Q0=15000;若所述接收的传输数据的误码块率大于或等于T1,发送反馈信息3(NACK3),指示重传数据比特数目等于首传数据的比特数目,即等于21504;其中,T0=0.3,T1=0.6,误码块率是所述接收传输数据中的错误Turbo码块数与所有Turbo码块数(等于16)的比值。Alternatively, in step 3, the method may include: if the received transmission data is correct, feedback information 0 (ACK), indicating correct reception; if the received transmission data has an error block rate greater than 0 and less than T0 Sending feedback information 1 (NACK1), indicating that the number of retransmitted data bits is equal to the number of data packet bits in the first transmission data, that is, equal to 2688; if the error block rate of the received transmission data is greater than or equal to T0 and Less than T1, sending feedback signal 2 (NACK2), indicating that the number of retransmitted data bits is equal to Q0=15000; if the error block rate of the received transmission data is greater than or equal to T1, sending feedback information 3 (NACK3), indicating retransmission The number of data bits is equal to the number of bits of the first transmission data, that is, equal to 21504; wherein, T0=0.3, T1=0.6, the error block rate is the number of error Turbo code blocks in the received transmission data and the number of all Turbo code blocks (equal to 16) ratio.
实例6Example 6
本实例与实例1至实例5的区别在于信道编码方式,所用信道编码方法是LDPC编码,或者Polar编码,或者卷积编码。The difference between this example and the examples 1 to 5 lies in the channel coding method, and the channel coding method used is LDPC coding, or Polar coding, or convolutional coding.
LDPC码的全称是低密度奇偶校验码(Low Density Parity Check Code,LDPC),它是由Robert G.Gallager博士于1963年提出的一类具有稀疏校验矩阵的线性分组码,不仅有逼近Shannon限的良好性能,而且译码复杂度较低,结构灵活,目前已广泛应用于深空通信、光纤通信、卫星数字视频和音频广播等领域。结构化LDPC码是由大小为(mb×z)×(nb×z)的奇偶校验矩阵H定义,其中,奇偶校验矩阵H是由大小为mb×nb的基础矩阵Hb、扩展因子z和基本置换矩阵P三个变量确定。信息序列长度k=(nb-mb)×z,码字长度n=nb×z,码率r=k/n。基础矩阵Hb中所有元素置换成全0方阵或者基本置换矩阵P的hbij次幂矩阵得到扩展后奇偶校验矩阵H,其中hbij是Hb中的元素。基础矩阵Hb的定义如下, The full name of the LDPC code is Low Density Parity Check Code (LDPC), which is a linear block code with a sparse check matrix proposed by Dr. Robert G. Gallage in 1963, which not only approximates Shannon. Limited performance, low decoding complexity, flexible structure, has been widely used in deep space communications, fiber-optic communications, satellite digital video and audio broadcasting. The structured LDPC code is defined by a parity check matrix H of size (mb x z) x (nb x z), wherein the parity check matrix H is a base matrix Hb of size mb x nb, a spreading factor z and The basic permutation matrix P is determined by three variables. The information sequence length k = (nb - mb) × z, the code word length n = nb × z, and the code rate r = k / n. The hb ij power matrix of all elements in the base matrix Hb is replaced by a full 0 square matrix or a basic permutation matrix P to obtain an expanded parity check matrix H, where hb ij is an element in Hb. The basic matrix Hb is defined as follows.
Figure PCTCN2017080294-appb-000046
Figure PCTCN2017080294-appb-000046
扩展后奇偶校验矩阵H的定义如下,The expanded parity check matrix H is defined as follows.
Figure PCTCN2017080294-appb-000047
Figure PCTCN2017080294-appb-000047
其中,如果hbij等于-1,则
Figure PCTCN2017080294-appb-000048
是z×z全0矩阵,否则是基本置换矩阵P的hbij次幂矩阵,基本置换矩阵P的定义如下,
Where, if hb ij is equal to -1, then
Figure PCTCN2017080294-appb-000048
Is a z×z all-zero matrix, otherwise it is a hb ij power matrix of the basic permutation matrix P, and the basic permutation matrix P is defined as follows.
Figure PCTCN2017080294-appb-000049
Figure PCTCN2017080294-appb-000049
以上介绍的LDPC码是二元域上的编码,还包括多元域的LDPC编码,假设在域GF(2)(二元域)和域GF(q)(q=2p)上构造的LDCP码所对应的校验矩阵分别是H2和Hq。H2中的元素是0或1,而Hq是由元素0,1,…,q-1构成,Hq中的每个元素都是H2中p个元素的合成。如果设域GF(q)(q=2p)上的一个值a与一个1×p的二进制向量相关联,那么把这个向量代入Hq中,就可以得到Hq的二进制表示。对比于二元域LDPC码,多元域LDPC的二分图结构并没有改变,不会造成节点之间短圈数目的增加,从而使得译码性能得到显著的提高。这种多元域上的编码构造会增加译码复杂度,但是相对于译码性能的提高来说这种增加是值得的。LDPC码的译码算法包括以下三大类:硬判决译码、软判决译码和混合译码。硬判决译码将接收的实数序列先进行硬判决,最后将得到的硬判决序列输送到硬判决译码器进行译码。软判决译码可以充分利用接收的信道信息(软信息),信道信息利用率得到了极大的提高,可以获得出色的误码性能。混合译码结合了软判决译码和硬判决译码的特点。 The LDPC code introduced above is a code on a binary field, and also includes LDPC coding of a multi-domain, assuming an LDCP code constructed on a domain GF(2) (binary domain) and a domain GF(q) (q= 2p ) The corresponding check matrices are H 2 and H q , respectively . The element in H 2 is 0 or 1, and H q is composed of elements 0, 1, ..., q-1, and each element in H q is a synthesis of p elements in H 2 . If a value a on the field GF(q)(q=2 p ) is associated with a 1×p binary vector, then this vector is substituted into H q to obtain a binary representation of H q . Compared with the binary domain LDPC code, the bipartite graph structure of the multi-domain LDPC does not change, and does not cause an increase in the number of short circles between nodes, so that the decoding performance is significantly improved. This coding structure on the multi-domain will increase the decoding complexity, but this increase is worthwhile relative to the improvement in decoding performance. The decoding algorithm of the LDPC code includes the following three categories: hard decision decoding, soft decision decoding, and hybrid decoding. The hard decision decoding first performs a hard decision on the received real sequence, and finally sends the obtained hard decision sequence to the hard decision decoder for decoding. Soft decision decoding can make full use of the received channel information (soft information), and the channel information utilization rate is greatly improved, and excellent error performance can be obtained. Hybrid decoding combines the features of soft decision decoding and hard decision decoding.
极化码(Polar Code)具有确定的构造方法,并且是第一种、也是已知的唯一一种能够被严格证明“达到”信道容量的信道编码方法。对N=2n个独立的二进制输入信道W,其中n为自然数。进行所谓的信道合并操作和信道分割操作,从而得到N个前后依赖的极化信道。这些极化信道相比原本未经极化的信道,在和容量保持不变的情况下,容量会呈现出极化现象:一部分信道的容量增大,另一部分信道的容量减小。并且,理论上已经证明,对接近无穷多个信道进行极化操作后,即N趋向于无穷大时,一部分信道的容量将会趋于1,而其余信道的容量将趋于0,同时,容量为1的信道占信道总数的比例正好为原二进制输入离散信道的容量。这一现象被称为信道极化(Channel Polarization)。在信道极化的基础上,只需要在一部分容量趋于1的信道上传输承载信息的自由比特,而在剩下的容量趋于1的信道以及容量趋于0的信道上传输对收发端都一直的固定比特。用K表示用于传输自由比特的信道数,由此形成了一个由K个信息比特到N个发送比特的一一映射关系,这一映射即是极化编码。在译码端,根据信道极化时引入的每个比特之间的依赖关系,使用一种称为串行抵消(SC)的算法进行译码,编码译码复杂度均为O(NlogN)。本实例中所采用的Polar码为:在一信道中传输一个比特数目为K0的信息序列,则只需要从N0个极化信道中选择具有最小错误概率值的K0个用以传输信息序列,将这部分极化信道称为信息信道,其余的信道则传输一些接收端和发送端约定确知的固定序列,所述固定序列常常设定为全零序列,将该部分信道称为固定信道。当信息信道和固定序列的固定信道确定后,由于信息序列的数目为K0,而实际通过信道的N0个时隙发送了N0个信息,可以看成一个从K0维空间到N0维空间的映射,该映射就是极化编码,码率为R0=K0/N0。所述极化码中,极化码系统比特是指:编码后所有N0比特的极化编码块中的K0比特。其中,所述K0比特是从第R1比特开始的顺序K0比特,如果到达尾比特还不足K0比特,则继续从首比特顺序开始,其中R1是大于或者等于0的整数;或者所述极化编码块的N0比特中,按影响度的大小进行大到小排列,最前的K0比特就是系统比特,所述的影响度大小是指与极化编码块中第i比特相关联的J比特,如图20所示是极化编码的一个示例,如果码率为1/2,则从输入端
Figure PCTCN2017080294-appb-000050
中选择可靠性最高的4输入作为信息序列,输出极化编码块为8比特x1~x8,则输出极化编码块中的第1比特x1的影响度大小为8,x2的影响度大小为4,极化编码块 的后6比特x3~x8的影响度大小分别为[4 2 4 2 2 1],则此时极化编码块中的系统比特为[x1,x2,x3,x5],极化编码的输入端口为
Figure PCTCN2017080294-appb-000051
The Polar Code has a definite construction method and is the first and only known channel coding method that can be rigorously proven to "reach" the channel capacity. For N = 2 n independent binary input channels W, where n is a natural number. A so-called channel combining operation and a channel division operation are performed to obtain N pre-dependent polarization channels. Compared with the originally unpolarized channel, these polarized channels exhibit polarization when the capacity and the capacity remain unchanged: the capacity of one part of the channel increases, and the capacity of the other part decreases. Moreover, it has been theoretically proved that when a polarization operation is performed close to an infinite number of channels, that is, when N tends to infinity, the capacity of a part of channels will tend to be 1, and the capacity of the remaining channels will tend to be zero, and at the same time, the capacity is The ratio of the channel of 1 to the total number of channels is exactly the capacity of the original binary input discrete channel. This phenomenon is called Channel Polarization. On the basis of channel polarization, it is only necessary to transmit the free bits of the bearer information on a part of the channel whose capacity is 1, and transmit to the transceiver on the channel where the remaining capacity tends to 1 and the channel whose capacity tends to 0. Always fixed bits. The number of channels used to transmit the free bits is denoted by K, thereby forming a one-to-one mapping relationship from K information bits to N transmission bits, which is polarization coding. At the decoding end, according to the dependence between each bit introduced when the channel is polarized, an algorithm called serial cancellation (SC) is used for decoding, and the coding and decoding complexity is O(NlogN). The Polar code used in this example is: if a sequence of information with a number of bits K0 is transmitted in one channel, only K0 with the smallest error probability value need to be selected from the N0 polarized channels for transmitting the information sequence, This part of the polarized channel is called the information channel, and the remaining channels transmit some fixed sequences agreed by the receiving end and the transmitting end. The fixed sequence is often set to an all-zero sequence, and the partial channel is called a fixed channel. After the fixed channel of the information channel and the fixed sequence is determined, since the number of information sequences is K0, and the N0 information is actually transmitted through the N0 time slots of the channel, it can be regarded as a mapping from the K0 dimensional space to the N0 dimensional space. The mapping is polarization coding, and the code rate is R0=K0/N0. In the polarization code, the polarization code system bit refers to: K0 bits in the polarization coded block of all N0 bits after encoding. Wherein the K0 bit is a sequence K0 bit starting from the R1 bit, and if the tail bit is less than K0 bits, continuing from the first bit order, where R1 is an integer greater than or equal to 0; or the polarization coding The N0 bits of the block are arranged in a large to small order according to the magnitude of the influence degree, and the first K0 bit is a system bit, and the influence degree refers to a J bit associated with the ith bit in the polarization coded block, as shown in the figure. An example of polarization coding is shown at 20, if the code rate is 1/2, then the input is from the input.
Figure PCTCN2017080294-appb-000050
The 4 inputs with the highest reliability are selected as the information sequence, and the output polarization coding block is 8 bits x 1 to x 8 , and the influence degree of the first bit x 1 in the output polarization coding block is 8, and the influence of x 2 The degree of the degree is 4, and the degree of influence of the last 6 bits x 3 to x 8 of the polarization coding block is [4 2 4 2 2 1], respectively, then the system bits in the polarization coding block are [x 1 , x 2 , x 3 , x 5 ], the polarization coded input port is
Figure PCTCN2017080294-appb-000051
在卷积码的编码过程中,对输入信息比特进行组编码,每个码组的编码输出比特不仅与该分组的信息比特有关,还与前面时刻的其他分组的信息比特有关。以及,在卷积码的译码过程中,不仅可以从当前时刻收到的分组中获取译码信息,还要从前后关联的分组中提取相关信息。正是由于在卷积码的编码过程中充分利用了各组的相关性,使得卷积码具有相当好的性能增益。本实例中,所述卷积码采用LTE系统中定义的咬尾卷积编码方法,约束长度为7、码率为1/3的咬尾卷积编码如图12所示。编码器的移位寄存器的初始值设置为输入流最后的6个信息比特对应的值,使得移位寄存器的初始和最终状态相同。因此,用s0,s1,s2,...,s5表示编码器的移位寄存器,那么移位寄存器初始值被设置为:si=c(K-1-i)。编码器的输出流
Figure PCTCN2017080294-appb-000052
Figure PCTCN2017080294-appb-000053
分别对应第一、第二和第三个校验数据流。所述三个数据流还要分别经过子码块交织器进行交织,然后通过比特收集,本实例中的包编码方法是在比特收集以后进行,获得相应比特数目的校验包。
In the encoding process of the convolutional code, the input information bits are group coded, and the coded output bits of each code group are related not only to the information bits of the packet but also to the information bits of other packets at the previous time. And, in the decoding process of the convolutional code, not only the decoding information can be obtained from the packet received at the current time, but also the related information is extracted from the previously associated packets. It is precisely because the correlation of each group is fully utilized in the encoding process of the convolutional code that the convolutional code has a fairly good performance gain. In this example, the convolutional code adopts a tail-biting convolutional coding method defined in the LTE system, and the tail-biting convolutional code with a constraint length of 7 and a code rate of 1/3 is as shown in FIG. The initial value of the encoder's shift register is set to the value corresponding to the last 6 information bits of the input stream, so that the initial and final states of the shift register are the same. Therefore, s 0 , s 1 , s 2 , ..., s 5 represent the shift register of the encoder, then the initial value of the shift register is set to: s i = c (K-1-i) . Encoder output stream
Figure PCTCN2017080294-appb-000052
with
Figure PCTCN2017080294-appb-000053
Corresponding to the first, second and third check data streams respectively. The three data streams are also interleaved by a sub-code block interleaver and then collected by bits. The packet coding method in this example is performed after bit collection, and a check packet of the corresponding number of bits is obtained.
实例7Example 7
根据本申请的一个方面,用于LTE移动通信系统或者未来第五代移动通信系统,数据传输方向为基站向移动用户发送数据(下行传输业务数据),或者数据传输方向为移动用户向基站发送数据(上行传输业务数据)。所述移动用户包括:移动设备、为接入终端、用户终端、用户站、用户单元、移动站、远程站、远程终端、用户代理、用户装置、用户设备、或一些其它术语。所述基站包括接入点(AP)、或可以称为节点B(node B)、无线电网络控制器(RNC)、演进型Node B(Evolved Node B,eNB)、基站控制器(BSC)、基站收发台(BTS)、基站(BS)、收发机功能体(TF)、无线电路由器、无线电收发机、基本服务单元(BSS)、扩展服务单元(ESS)、无线电基站(RBS),或一些其它术语。According to an aspect of the present application, in an LTE mobile communication system or a future fifth generation mobile communication system, a data transmission direction is a base station transmitting data (downlink transmission service data) to a mobile user, or a data transmission direction is a mobile user transmitting data to a base station. (Upstream transmission service data). The mobile user includes: a mobile device, an access terminal, a user terminal, a subscriber station, a subscriber unit, a mobile station, a remote station, a remote terminal, a user agent, a user device, a user equipment, or some other terminology. The base station includes an access point (AP), or may be referred to as a Node B, a Radio Network Controller (RNC), an Evolved Node B (eNB), a Base Station Controller (BSC), and a base station. Transceiver Station (BTS), Base Station (BS), Transceiver Function (TF), Radio Router, Radio Transceiver, Basic Service Unit (BSS), Extended Service Unit (ESS), Radio Base Station (RBS), or some other terminology .
根据本申请的一个方面,本实例提供一种数据传输处理方法,用于发送端,处理的源数据包如下:源数据包的比特数目为3968,CRC序列比特数目为I=16比特,调制方式为QPSK,调制阶数为2,编码码率为1/2。处理步骤 包括以下:According to an aspect of the present application, the present disclosure provides a data transmission processing method for a transmitting end, and the processed source data packet is as follows: the number of bits of the source data packet is 3968, and the number of CRC sequence bits is I=16 bits, and the modulation mode For QPSK, the modulation order is 2 and the code rate is 1/2. Processing steps Includes the following:
1、对源数据包进行分割获得H1=8份子数据块,每份子数据块的比特数目为496比特;1. Segmenting the source data packet to obtain H1=8 partial data blocks, and the number of bits of each sub-block is 496 bits;
2、对所述H1=8份子数据块分别添加长度为I=16比特的CRC序列,获得比特数目都为512的添加CRC序列后的子数据块;2. Adding a CRC sequence of length I=16 bits to the H1=8 sub-blocks, and obtaining a sub-block after adding a CRC sequence with a bit number of 512;
3、对所述添加CRC序列后的H1=8份子数据块分别进行极化编码获得H1=8份极化编码块;3. Performing polarization coding on the H1=8 sub-blocks after adding the CRC sequence to obtain H1=8 copies of the polarization coding block;
4、对所述H1=8份极化编码块的全部比特或者部分比特进行包编码获得H2=1份子校验包,所述H1=8份极化编码块和所述H2=1份子校验包构成首传数据。4. Perform packet coding on all bits or partial bits of the H1=8 partial polarization coding block to obtain an H2=1 partial sub-check packet, the H1=8-part polarization coding block and the H2=1 sub-check The package constitutes the first pass data.
一个长度为N=1024的向量μN经过生成矩阵为GN的Polar码编码后得到一个长度为N的向量xNA length of N = 1024 [mu] N vector generated after the Polar matrix code encoding G N to get a length-N vector x N:
xN=μNGN x NN G N
其中,生成矩阵GN满足下式:Wherein, the generator matrix G N satisfies the following formula:
Figure PCTCN2017080294-appb-000054
Figure PCTCN2017080294-appb-000054
F为F2的n次Kronecker幂,且F2由下式得到:F is the Kronecker F 2 n-th power, and F 2 is given by the formula:
Figure PCTCN2017080294-appb-000055
Figure PCTCN2017080294-appb-000055
而BN是比特翻转置换矩阵。假如
Figure PCTCN2017080294-appb-000056
那么元素
Figure PCTCN2017080294-appb-000057
等于元素μbn…b2b1,其中,b1,...,bn为0或者1,b1b2…bn以及bn…b2b1为二进制数表达的下标。编码过程为依据输出比特(小于或等于1024)对信道参数进行极化分解(高斯近似等算法)获得1024个输入的可靠性值,依据可靠性高低从向量μN中选择最高的512输入端等于每份添加CRC序列后子数据块的512比特,则可以获得一组1024比特的输出比特,即为极化编码块。
And B N is a bit flip permutation matrix. if
Figure PCTCN2017080294-appb-000056
Then the element
Figure PCTCN2017080294-appb-000057
It is equal to the element μ bn...b2b1 , where b1, . . . , bn is 0 or 1, b1b2...bn, and bn...b2b1 are subscripts of binary numbers. The encoding process obtains the reliability value of 1024 inputs according to the polarization decomposition (Gaussian approximation algorithm) of the channel parameters according to the output bits (less than or equal to 1024), and selects the highest 512 input from the vector μ N according to the reliability level. After adding 512 bits of the sub-block after the CRC sequence, a set of 1024-bit output bits, that is, a polarization coded block, can be obtained.
在本实例中,在步骤4中,对所述H1=8份极化编码块的最前512比特(即等于系统比特数目,即子数据块比特数目加CRC序列比特数目)进行包编码获得H2=1份比特数目为512比特的子校验包,P0=S’0⊕S’1⊕…⊕S’7, S’0~S’7分别对应极化编码块S0~S7中的最前512比特。由于校验包长度为512比特,则为了使得总传输数据码率等于1/2,所以每个极化编码块的比特数目为1024-512/8=960比特。在极化编码过程中,需要确定为最前64输出端口为不用端口,通过对后960输出端口进行信道极化计算每个输入端口的可靠性,依据可靠性大小排序,然后将每份添加CRC后的子数据块输入相应输入端口,即可获得对应极化编码块,比特数目都为960。包编码有利于将所有极化编码块联系起来,在接收端可以利用该关系进行译码或者迭代译码,每个极化编码块可以利用其它编码块的信息进行更新,可以极大的获得编码增益,即采用简单编码方法将短码块构造成一个信道编码块,进而获得码长增益,并且由于只是简单的异或关系,接收端的译码复杂度并不大。In this example, in step 4, the first 512 bits of the H1=8 copies of the polarization coding block (ie, equal to the number of systematic bits, ie, the number of sub-block bits plus the number of CRC sequence bits) are packet-encoded to obtain H2= 1 sub-check packet with a bit number of 512 bits, P0=S'0⊕S'1⊕...⊕S'7, S'0 to S'7 correspond to the first 512 bits in the polarization coding blocks S0 to S7, respectively. Since the check packet length is 512 bits, the number of bits per polarization coded block is 1024-512/8=960 bits in order to make the total transmission data code rate equal to 1/2. In the polarization coding process, it is determined that the first 64 output ports are unused ports, and the reliability of each input port is calculated by channel polarization on the rear 960 output port, sorted according to the reliability, and then each CRC is added. The sub-blocks are input to the corresponding input ports, and the corresponding polarization coding block is obtained, and the number of bits is 960. Packet coding facilitates the association of all polarization coding blocks, which can be decoded or iteratively decoded at the receiving end. Each polarization coding block can be updated with information of other coding blocks, which can greatly obtain coding. Gain, that is, using a simple coding method to construct a short code block into a channel coding block, thereby obtaining a code length gain, and because of a simple XOR relationship, the decoding complexity of the receiving end is not large.
所述极化编码后的H1=8份比特数目为960的极化编码块和H2=1份比特数目为512的校验包构成首传数据,所述首传数据的比特数目为8192,对其进行QPSK调制获得4096个星座符号,发送所述4096个星座符号。The polarization coded H1=8 pieces of the polarization coded block with the number of bits of 960 and the check packet of the H2=1 part of the number of bits constitute 512, and the number of bits of the first pass data is 8192, It performs QPSK modulation to obtain 4096 constellation symbols, and transmits the 4096 constellation symbols.
通过上述实施例和实例,提高了通信系统的吞吐量性能,从而提高通信系统的接收鲁棒性,相对于传统数据编码方案性能更优。Through the above embodiments and examples, the throughput performance of the communication system is improved, thereby improving the reception robustness of the communication system, and the performance is superior to the conventional data coding scheme.
此外,本申请实施例还提供一种终端,包括处理器以及机器可读介质,所述机器可读介质中存储有指令,当所述指令被处理器执行时,实现上述发送端侧的数据传输处理方法。In addition, the embodiment of the present application further provides a terminal, including a processor and a machine readable medium, where the machine readable medium stores an instruction, and when the instruction is executed by the processor, the data transmission on the transmitting end side is implemented. Approach.
此外,本申请实施例还提供一种终端,包括处理器以及机器可读介质,所述机器可读介质中存储有指令,当所述指令被处理器执行时,实现上述接收端侧的数据传输处理方法。In addition, the embodiment of the present application further provides a terminal, including a processor and a machine readable medium, where the machine readable medium stores an instruction, and when the instruction is executed by the processor, the data transmission on the receiving end side is implemented. Approach.
此外,本申请实施例还提供一种机器可读介质,存储有指令,当所述指令被处理器执行时实现上述发送端侧的数据传输处理方法。In addition, the embodiment of the present application further provides a machine readable medium storing instructions for implementing the data transmission processing method on the transmitting end side when the instruction is executed by the processor.
此外,本申请实施例还提供一种机器可读介质,存储有指令,当所述指令被处理器执行时实现上述接收端侧的数据传输处理方法。In addition, the embodiment of the present application further provides a machine readable medium storing instructions for implementing the data transmission processing method on the receiving end side when the instruction is executed by the processor.
本领域普通技术人员可以理解,上文中所公开方法中的全部或某些步骤、系统、装置中的功能模块/单元可以被实施为软件、固件、硬件及其适当的组合。在硬件实施方式中,在以上描述中提及的功能模块/单元之间的划分不一定对应于物理组件的划分;例如,一个物理组件可以具有多个功能,或者一 个功能或步骤可以由若干物理组件合作执行。某些组件或所有组件可以被实施为由处理器,如数字信号处理器或微处理器执行的软件,或者被实施为硬件,或者被实施为集成电路,如专用集成电路。这样的软件可以分布在机器可读介质(比如,计算机可读介质)上,计算机可读介质可以包括计算机存储介质(或非暂时性介质)和通信介质(或暂时性介质)。如本领域普通技术人员公知的,术语计算机存储介质包括在用于存储信息(诸如计算机可读指令、数据结构、程序模块或其他数据)的任何方法或技术中实施的易失性和非易失性、可移除和不可移除介质。计算机存储介质包括但不限于RAM、ROM、EEPROM、闪存或其他存储器技术、CD-ROM、数字多功能盘(DVD)或其他光盘存储、磁盒、磁带、磁盘存储或其他磁存储装置、或者可以用于存储期望的信息并且可以被计算机访问的任何其他的介质。此外,本领域普通技术人员公知的是,通信介质通常包含计算机可读指令、数据结构、程序模块或者诸如载波或其他传输机制之类的调制数据信号中的其他数据,并且可包括任何信息递送介质。Those of ordinary skill in the art will appreciate that all or some of the steps, systems, and functional blocks/units of the methods disclosed above may be implemented as software, firmware, hardware, and suitable combinations thereof. In a hardware implementation, the division between functional modules/units mentioned in the above description does not necessarily correspond to the division of physical components; for example, one physical component may have multiple functions, or one A function or step can be performed cooperatively by several physical components. Some or all of the components may be implemented as software executed by a processor, such as a digital signal processor or microprocessor, or as hardware, or as an integrated circuit, such as an application specific integrated circuit. Such software may be distributed on a machine-readable medium, such as a computer-readable medium, which may include computer storage media (or non-transitory media) and communication media (or transitory media). As is well known to those of ordinary skill in the art, the term computer storage medium includes volatile and nonvolatile, implemented in any method or technology for storing information, such as computer readable instructions, data structures, program modules or other data. Sex, removable and non-removable media. Computer storage media includes, but is not limited to, RAM, ROM, EEPROM, flash memory or other memory technology, CD-ROM, digital versatile disc (DVD) or other optical disc storage, magnetic cartridge, magnetic tape, magnetic disk storage or other magnetic storage device, or may Any other medium used to store the desired information and that can be accessed by the computer. Moreover, it is well known to those skilled in the art that communication media typically includes computer readable instructions, data structures, program modules, or other data in a modulated data signal, such as a carrier wave or other transport mechanism, and can include any information delivery media. .
以上所述仅为本申请的示例性实施例而已,并不用于限制本申请,对于本领域的技术人员来说,本申请可以有各种更改和变化。凡在本申请的精神和原则之内,所作的任何修改、等同替换、改进等,均应包含在本申请的保护范围之内。The above description is only an exemplary embodiment of the present application, and is not intended to limit the present application, and various changes and modifications may be made to the present application. Any modifications, equivalent substitutions, improvements, etc. made within the spirit and principles of this application are intended to be included within the scope of the present application.
工业实用性Industrial applicability
本申请实施例提供一种数据传输处理方法和装置,可以提高系统吞吐量和增强数据传输的鲁棒性。 The embodiment of the present application provides a data transmission processing method and apparatus, which can improve system throughput and enhance robustness of data transmission.

Claims (39)

  1. 一种数据传输处理方法,用于发送端,包括:A data transmission processing method for a transmitting end, comprising:
    接收接收端的反馈信息,根据所述反馈信息,按以下方式之一进行数据处理:Receiving feedback information of the receiving end, according to the feedback information, performing data processing in one of the following ways:
    方式一、对下一个源数据包进行分割获得多份子数据块,对所述多份子数据块分别添加循环冗余校验CRC序列,对所述添加CRC序列后的子数据块分别进行信道编码获得由多份信道编码块构成的原始包,对所述原始包进行包编码获得校验包,对所述多份信道编码块和校验包进行比特选择获得该源数据包对应的首传数据;The first method comprises: dividing a next source data packet to obtain a plurality of sub-blocks, adding a cyclic redundancy check CRC sequence to the plurality of sub-blocks, and performing channel coding on the sub-blocks after adding the CRC sequence respectively An original packet consisting of a plurality of channel coding blocks, performing packet coding on the original packet to obtain a verification packet, performing bit selection on the multiple channel coding block and the verification packet to obtain first transmission data corresponding to the source data packet;
    方式二、确定重传数据比特数目,根据所述重传数据比特数目从第一数据集合中选择所述重传数据,或者从第一数据集合和第二数据集合中选择所述重传数据;其中,所述第一数据集合至少包括校验包系统比特的比特集合;所述第二数据集合至少包括原始包校验比特的比特集合;所述原始包包括多份数据包,所述校验包是对所述原始包进行包编码获得。Manner 2: determining a number of retransmitted data bits, selecting the retransmitted data from the first data set according to the number of retransmitted data bits, or selecting the retransmitted data from the first data set and the second data set; The first data set includes at least a bit set of a check packet system bit; the second data set includes at least a bit set of original packet check bits; the original packet includes a plurality of data packets, the check The packet is obtained by packet encoding the original packet.
  2. 如权利要求1所述的方法,其中,若所述反馈信息指示接收错误,则按方式二进行处理。The method of claim 1, wherein if the feedback information indicates a reception error, processing is performed in a second manner.
  3. 如权利要求2所述的方法,其中,当所述重传数据比特数目小于或者等于N0时,从第一数据集合中选择所述重传数据;其中,N0为正整数。The method of claim 2, wherein the retransmission data is selected from the first data set when the number of retransmitted data bits is less than or equal to N0; wherein N0 is a positive integer.
  4. 如权利要求1所述的方法,其中,所述对所述原始包进行包编码获得校验包,包括:The method of claim 1, wherein said performing packet encoding on said original packet to obtain a verification packet comprises:
    对所述原始包中包括的E份数据包的相同索引的E比特构成的比特集合进行校验编码,获得n份长度为e比特的校验集合,所述n份校验集合中索引为i的n比特构成第i个子校验包,i=0,1,…,(e-1),获得e份子校验包,所述校验包包括所述e份子校验包,其中,E是所述原始包中数据包数目,n是所述原始包中的数据包比特数目,e是大于0的整数,所述校验编码采用以下编码方式之一:单奇偶校验编码、BCH编码、RM编码、RS编码。Performing check coding on a bit set formed by E bits of the same index of the E packets included in the original packet, and obtaining n check sets having a length of e bits, where the index in the n check sets is i n bits constitute an ith sub-check packet, i=0, 1, ..., (e-1), obtain an e-sub-check packet, the check packet includes the e-sub-check packet, where E is The number of data packets in the original packet, n is the number of data packet bits in the original packet, and e is an integer greater than 0, and the check coding adopts one of the following coding modes: single parity coding, BCH coding, RM coding, RS coding.
  5. 如权利要求4所述的方法,其中,当所述校验编码采用单奇偶校验编码时,所述校验包包含1个子校验包。 The method of claim 4, wherein when the check code employs a single parity code, the check packet includes 1 sub-check packet.
  6. 如权利要求1所述的方法,其中,所述第一数据集合包括以下之一:校验包的所有比特、校验包的所有系统比特。The method of claim 1 wherein said first set of data comprises one of: verifying all bits of the packet, all system bits of the check packet.
  7. 如权利要求1所述的方法,其中,所述第二数据集合包括以下之一:原始包的所有校验比特、原始包的所有比特、原始包的所有校验比特和校验包的所有校验比特。The method of claim 1 wherein said second set of data comprises one of: all check bits of the original packet, all bits of the original packet, all check bits of the original packet, and all of the check packets Check the bit.
  8. 如权利要求3所述的方法,其中,所述N0为首传数据中任一份数据包比特数目的T倍或者校验包中任一份子校验包系统比特数目的T倍,其中,T是正整数。The method of claim 3, wherein said N0 is T times the number of bits of any one of the header data or T times the number of bits of any one of the check packets in the check packet, wherein T is positive Integer.
  9. 如权利要求1所述的方法,其中,当所述重传数据比特数目大于N0时,从第一数据集合和第二数据集合中选择所述重传数据,根据以下至少之一确定重传数据中每份子校验包的比特数目和每份数据包的比特数目:首传数据总比特数目、原始包中数据包数目、原始包中任一数据包的比特数目、重传数据总比特数目、调制阶数、重传数据资源数目;其中,N0为正整数。The method of claim 1, wherein when the number of retransmitted data bits is greater than N0, the retransmitted data is selected from the first data set and the second data set, and the retransmitted data is determined according to at least one of the following: The number of bits per sub-check packet and the number of bits per packet: the total number of bits of the first transmission data, the number of packets in the original packet, the number of bits of any packet in the original packet, the total number of bits of retransmitted data, Modulation order, number of retransmitted data resources; where N0 is a positive integer.
  10. 如权利要求9所述的方法,其中,所述重传数据中多份子校验包的总比特数目等于所述首传数据总比特数目与所述重传数据中所有多份数据包总比特数目的差值;或者,等于所述重传资源数目和所述调制阶数的乘积与所述重传数据中所有多份数据包总比特数目的差值;或者,等于所述重传数据总比特数目与所述重传数据中所有多份数据包总比特数目的差值。The method of claim 9, wherein the total number of bits of the plurality of sub-check packets in the retransmitted data is equal to the total number of bits of the first transmitted data and the total number of bits of all the plurality of data packets in the retransmitted data a difference value; or, equal to a difference between a product of the number of retransmitted resources and the modulation order and a total number of bits of all the plurality of data packets in the retransmitted data; or equal to a total bit of the retransmitted data The difference between the number and the total number of bits of all the plurality of packets in the retransmitted data.
  11. 如权利要求1所述的方法,其中,所述重传数据比特数目包括以下至少之一:重传资源数目和调制阶数的乘积;首传数据总比特数目;预设的一个正整数。The method of claim 1, wherein the number of retransmitted data bits comprises at least one of: a product of a number of retransmission resources and a modulation order; a total number of bits of the first transmission data; and a predetermined positive integer.
  12. 如权利要求1所述的方法,其中,若所述反馈信息指示错误接收,则所述重传数据比特数目是大于或者等于首传数据中的任一份数据包的比特数目且小于或者等于首传数据总比特数目的一个整数。The method according to claim 1, wherein if the feedback information indicates erroneous reception, the number of retransmitted data bits is greater than or equal to the number of bits of any one of the first transmission data and is less than or equal to the first An integer that passes the total number of bits of data.
  13. 如权利要求12所述的方法,其中,所述反馈信息至少包括2种错误状态,用于指示重传数据比特数目分别为:首传数据总比特数目、首传数据中的任一份数据包的比特数目。The method of claim 12, wherein the feedback information includes at least two error states for indicating that the number of retransmitted data bits is: a total number of bits of the first transmission data, and any one of the first transmission data. The number of bits.
  14. 如权利要求1所述的方法,其中,所述确定重传数据比特数目,包 括:The method of claim 1 wherein said determining the number of retransmitted data bits, the packet include:
    根据所述反馈信息从预设重传数据比特数目集合中确定重传数据比特数目,其中,预设重传数据比特数目集合包括a个元素,第i-1元素值小于第i元素值,i=2,…,(a-1),a是大于1的整数。Determining, according to the feedback information, a number of retransmitted data bits from a preset retransmission data bit number set, where the preset retransmission data bit number set includes a elements, and the i-1th element value is smaller than the i th element value, i =2,...,(a-1), a is an integer greater than one.
  15. 如权利要求14所述的方法,其中,所述预设重传数据比特数目集合中,第2元素值等于首传数据中的任一份数据包的比特数目。The method of claim 14, wherein in the set of preset retransmission data bits, the second element value is equal to the number of bits of any one of the first transmission data.
  16. 如权利要求14所述的方法,其中,所述预设重传数据比特数目集合中,第i元素值等于第i-1元素值加ΔD,其中,i=2,…,(a-1),ΔD是大于1的整数。The method according to claim 14, wherein in the set of preset retransmission data bits, the i-th element value is equal to the i-th element value plus ΔD, wherein i=2, . . . , (a-1) , ΔD is an integer greater than one.
  17. 如权利要求16所述的方法,其中,所述ΔD等于2的正整数次幂,或者等于首传数据中的任一份数据包的比特数目的Z倍,其中,Z是大于0的整数。The method of claim 16 wherein said ΔD is equal to a positive integer power of 2 or Z times the number of bits of any one of the first pass data, wherein Z is an integer greater than zero.
  18. 如权利要求14所述的方法,其中,所述预设重传数据比特数目集合中至少包括1个元素值等于0的元素。The method of claim 14, wherein the set of preset retransmission data bits includes at least one element having an element value equal to zero.
  19. 如权利要求14所述的方法,其中,所述预设重传数据比特数目集合中,第2元素值大于或者等于首传数据中的任一份数据包的比特数目,尾元素值大于或者等于首传数据总比特数目。The method according to claim 14, wherein in the set of preset retransmission data bits, the second element value is greater than or equal to the number of bits of any one of the first transmission data, and the tail element value is greater than or equal to The total number of bits of the first pass data.
  20. 如权利要求1所述的方法,其中,若所述反馈信息指示数据接收正确,则按方式一进行处理。The method of claim 1, wherein if the feedback information indicates that the data reception is correct, processing is performed in a manner of one.
  21. 如权利要求1至20中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述原始包中包含E份数据包,第j份数据包中包含Cj份编码后信道编码块;所述原始包校验比特是原始包中所有信道编码块的校验比特,所述校验包系统比特是原始包系统比特进行包编码得到,原始包系统比特是原始包中所有信道编码块的系统比特,校验包校验比特是原始包校验比特进行包编码得到;其中,E是正整数,j=0,1,…,(E-1),Cj是正整数;所述信道编码是以下编码方式之一:turbo编码、LDPC编码、卷积编码、Polar编码。The method according to any one of claims 1 to 20, wherein the original packet contains an E-packet, and the j-th packet includes a Cj-coded channel-coded block; the original packet check bit Is a check bit of all channel coding blocks in the original packet, the check packet system bits are obtained by packet coding of the original packet system bits, and the original packet system bits are system bits of all channel coding blocks in the original packet, and the check packet is corrected. The bit is the original packet check bit for packet coding; wherein E is a positive integer, j=0, 1, ..., (E-1), Cj is a positive integer; the channel coding is one of the following coding methods: turbo coding , LDPC coding, convolutional coding, Polar coding.
  22. 一种数据混合重传处理方法,用于接收端,包括:A data hybrid retransmission processing method for a receiving end, comprising:
    接收发送端的传输数据并进行解码; Receiving transmission data of the transmitting end and decoding;
    根据解码结果,向发送端发送反馈信息,其中,所述反馈信息用于指示所述发送端按以下方式之一进行数据处理:Sending feedback information to the sending end according to the decoding result, where the feedback information is used to instruct the sending end to perform data processing in one of the following manners:
    方式一、对下一个源数据包进行分割获得多份子数据块,对所述多份子数据块分别添加循环冗余校验CRC序列,对所述添加CRC序列后的子数据块分别进行信道编码获得由多份信道编码块构成的原始包,对所述原始包进行包编码获得校验包,对所述多份信道编码块和校验包进行比特选择获得该源数据包对应的首传数据;The first method comprises: dividing a next source data packet to obtain a plurality of sub-blocks, adding a cyclic redundancy check CRC sequence to the plurality of sub-blocks, and performing channel coding on the sub-blocks after adding the CRC sequence respectively An original packet consisting of a plurality of channel coding blocks, performing packet coding on the original packet to obtain a verification packet, performing bit selection on the multiple channel coding block and the verification packet to obtain first transmission data corresponding to the source data packet;
    方式二、确定重传数据比特数目,根据所述重传数据比特数目从第一数据集合中选择所述重传数据,或者从第一数据集合和第二数据集合中选择所述重传数据;其中,所述第一数据集合至少包括校验包系统比特的比特集合;所述第二数据集合至少包括原始包校验比特的比特集合;所述原始包包括多份数据包,所述校验包是对所述原始包进行包编码获得。Manner 2: determining a number of retransmitted data bits, selecting the retransmitted data from the first data set according to the number of retransmitted data bits, or selecting the retransmitted data from the first data set and the second data set; The first data set includes at least a bit set of a check packet system bit; the second data set includes at least a bit set of original packet check bits; the original packet includes a plurality of data packets, the check The packet is obtained by packet encoding the original packet.
  23. 如权利要求22所述的方法,其中,若所述解码结果错误,所述反馈信息用于指示所述发送端按照方式一或方式二进行数据处理;若所述解码结果正确,所述反馈信息用于指示所述发送端按照方式一进行数据处理。The method according to claim 22, wherein, if the decoding result is incorrect, the feedback information is used to indicate that the sending end performs data processing according to mode one or mode two; if the decoding result is correct, the feedback information It is used to instruct the sending end to perform data processing according to the mode 1.
  24. 如权利要求22或23所述的方法,其中,若所述接收的传输数据误码块率等于0,发送反馈信息0,用于指示发送端按方式一进行处理;在所述接收的传输数据误码块率不为0时,若所述接收的传输数据误码块率大于T(i-1)且小于或等于Ti,发送反馈信息i,用于指示重传数据比特数目等于Di;其中,Ti是预设阈值集合T的第i个元素,且T(i-1)<Ti,反馈信息i是预设反馈信息集合中第i个元素,Di是预设重传数据比特数目集合D中第i个元素,Di是大于0的整数,且D(i-1)<Di;预设阈值集合T包括a个元素且其中首和尾元素值分别等于0和1,预设反馈信息集合包括a个元素,预设重传数据比特数目集合包括a个元素,a是大于1的整数,所述误码块率是接收Q份传输数据中的所有误码块数目与所述接收Q份传输数据中所有信道编码块数目的比值,其中,Q是正整数。The method according to claim 22 or 23, wherein if the received transmission data error block rate is equal to 0, the feedback information 0 is sent to instruct the transmitting end to perform processing according to mode one; and the received transmission data When the error block rate is not 0, if the received transmission data error block rate is greater than T(i-1) and less than or equal to Ti, the feedback information i is sent to indicate that the number of retransmitted data bits is equal to Di; , Ti is the i-th element of the preset threshold set T, and T(i-1)<Ti, the feedback information i is the i-th element in the preset feedback information set, and Di is the preset re-transmitted data bit number set D In the i-th element, Di is an integer greater than 0, and D(i-1)<Di; the preset threshold set T includes a elements and the first and last element values are equal to 0 and 1, respectively, and the preset feedback information set Including a element, the preset retransmission data bit number set includes a elements, a is an integer greater than 1, and the error block rate is the number of all error blocks in the received Q share transmission data and the received Q shares. The ratio of the number of all channel coding blocks in the transmitted data, where Q is a positive integer.
  25. 如权利要求24所述的方法,其中,所述预设重传数据比特数目集合D中,第i元素值等于第i-1元素值加ΔD,其中,i=2,…,(a-1),ΔD是大于1的整数。 The method according to claim 24, wherein in the set D of preset retransmission data bits, the value of the i-th element is equal to the value of the i-th element plus ΔD, wherein i=2,..., (a-1 ), ΔD is an integer greater than one.
  26. 如权利要求24所述的方法,其中,所述预设重传数据比特数目集合D中,第2元素值D1等于首传数据中的任一份数据包的比特数目,D(a-1)大于或等于首传数据总比特数目。The method according to claim 24, wherein said second element value D1 of said preset retransmission data bit number set D is equal to the number of bits of any one of the first transmission data, D(a-1) Greater than or equal to the total number of bits of the first transmission data.
  27. 一种数据传输处理装置,设置于发送端,包括:A data transmission processing device is disposed at the transmitting end, and includes:
    第一接收模块,设置为接收接收端的反馈信息;The first receiving module is configured to receive feedback information of the receiving end;
    首传数据处理模块,包括:分割单元,设置为对源数据包进行分割获得多份子数据块;添加单元,设置为对所述多份子数据块分别添加循环冗余校验CRC序列;信道编码单元,设置为对所述添加CRC序列后的子数据块分别进行信道编码获得由多份信道编码块构成的原始包;包编码单元,设置为对所述原始包进行包编码获得校验包;第一比特选择单元,设置为对所述多份信道编码块和校验包进行比特选择获得首传数据;The first data processing module includes: a dividing unit configured to segment the source data packet to obtain a plurality of sub-data blocks; and adding a unit, configured to add a cyclic redundancy check CRC sequence to the plurality of sub-data blocks respectively; the channel coding unit And configured to perform channel coding on the sub-blocks after adding the CRC sequence to obtain an original packet composed of a plurality of channel coding blocks; and a packet coding unit configured to perform packet coding on the original packet to obtain a verification packet; a bit selection unit configured to perform bit selection on the plurality of channel coding blocks and the check packet to obtain first transmission data;
    重传数据处理模块,包括:确定单元,设置为确定重传数据比特数目;第二比特选择单元,设置为根据所述重传数据比特数目从第一数据集合中选择所述重传数据,或者从第一数据集合和第二数据集合中选择所述重传数据;其中,所述第一数据集合至少包括校验包系统比特的比特集合;所述第二数据集合至少包括原始包校验比特的比特集合;所述原始包包括多份数据包,所述校验包是对所述原始包进行包编码获得。Retransmitting the data processing module, comprising: a determining unit, configured to determine a number of retransmitted data bits; and a second bit selecting unit configured to select the retransmitted data from the first data set according to the number of retransmitted data bits, or Selecting the retransmission data from a first data set and a second data set; wherein the first data set includes at least a bit set of check packet system bits; and the second data set includes at least an original packet check bit a set of bits; the original packet includes a plurality of data packets, and the verification packet is obtained by packet encoding the original packet.
  28. 如权利要求27所述的装置,其中,所述第二比特选择单元,还设置为当所述重传数据比特数目小于或者等于N0时,从第一数据集合中选择所述重传数据;其中,N0为正整数。The apparatus according to claim 27, wherein said second bit selecting unit is further configured to select said retransmitted data from said first data set when said number of retransmitted data bits is less than or equal to N0; , N0 is a positive integer.
  29. 如权利要求27所述的装置,其中,所述重传数据处理模块还包括:包编码单元;所述包编码单元包括:校验编码子单元和校验包获取子单元;The apparatus according to claim 27, wherein said retransmission data processing module further comprises: a packet encoding unit; said packet encoding unit comprising: a check encoding subunit and a check packet acquiring subunit;
    所述校验编码子单元,设置为对所述原始包中包括的E份数据包的相同索引的E比特构成的比特集合进行校验编码,获得n份长度为e比特的校验集合;The check coding subunit is configured to perform check coding on a bit set formed by E bits of the same index of the E packets included in the original packet, to obtain n check sets having a length of e bits;
    所述校验包获取子单元,设置为将所述n份校验集合中索引为i的n比特构成第i个子校验包,i=0,1,…,(e-1),获得e份子校验包,所述校验包包括所述e份子校验包,其中,E是所述原始包中数据包数目,n是所述原始包 中的数据包比特数目,e是大于0的整数,所述校验编码采用以下编码方式之一:单奇偶校验编码、BCH编码、RM编码、RS编码。The check packet acquisition subunit is configured to form an i-th sub-check packet, i=0, 1, . . . , (e-1), to obtain an e-index of i in the n check sets. a verification packet, wherein the verification packet includes the e-sub-check packet, where E is the number of data packets in the original packet, and n is the original packet The number of data packet bits, e is an integer greater than 0, and the check coding adopts one of the following coding methods: single parity coding, BCH coding, RM coding, and RS coding.
  30. 如权利要求27所述的装置,其中,所述第二比特选择单元,还设置为当所述重传数据比特数目大于N0时,从第一数据集合和第二数据集合中选择所述重传数据,根据以下至少之一确定重传数据中每份子校验包的比特数目和每份数据包的比特数目:首传数据总比特数目、原始包中数据包数目、原始包中任一数据包的比特数目、重传数据总比特数目、调制阶数、重传数据资源数目;其中,N0为正整数。The apparatus according to claim 27, wherein said second bit selecting unit is further configured to select said retransmission from said first data set and said second data set when said number of retransmitted data bits is greater than N0 Data, determining the number of bits of each sub-check packet in the retransmitted data and the number of bits per packet according to at least one of the following: the total number of bits of the first transmission data, the number of data packets in the original packet, and any data packet in the original packet The number of bits, the total number of bits of retransmitted data, the modulation order, and the number of retransmitted data resources; where N0 is a positive integer.
  31. 如权利要求27所述的装置,其中,若接收端的反馈信息指示错误接收,则所述重传数据比特数目是大于或者等于首传数据中的任一份数据包的比特数目且小于或者等于首传数据总比特数目的一个整数。The apparatus according to claim 27, wherein if the feedback information of the receiving end indicates erroneous reception, the number of retransmitted data bits is greater than or equal to the number of bits of any one of the first transmission data and is less than or equal to the first An integer that passes the total number of bits of data.
  32. 如权利要求27所述的装置,其中,所述第二比特选择单元,还设置根据接收端的反馈信息从预设重传数据比特数目集合中确定重传数据比特数目,其中,预设重传数据比特数目集合包括a个元素,预设重传数据比特数目集合中的首元素值等于0,且第i-1元素值小于第i元素值,i=2,…,(a-1),a是大于1的整数。The apparatus according to claim 27, wherein the second bit selecting unit further sets the number of retransmitted data bits from the preset retransmitted data bit number set according to the feedback information of the receiving end, wherein the preset retransmission data The set of bit numbers includes a elements, the first element value in the set of preset retransmission data bits is equal to 0, and the value of the i-1th element is smaller than the value of the i-th element, i=2,..., (a-1), a Is an integer greater than one.
  33. 一种数据传输处理装置,设置于接收端,包括:A data transmission processing device is disposed at the receiving end, and includes:
    第二接收模块,设置为接收发送端的传输数据并进行解码;a second receiving module, configured to receive transmission data of the transmitting end and perform decoding;
    反馈模块,设置为根据解码结果,向发送端发送反馈信息,其中,所述反馈信息用于指示所述发送端按以下方式之一进行处理:The feedback module is configured to send feedback information to the sending end according to the decoding result, where the feedback information is used to instruct the sending end to process in one of the following manners:
    方式一、对下一个源数据包进行分割获得多份子数据块,对所述多份子数据块分别添加循环冗余校验CRC序列,对所述添加CRC序列后的子数据块分别进行信道编码获得由多份信道编码块构成的原始包,对所述原始包进行包编码获得校验包,对所述多份信道编码块和校验包进行比特选择获得该源数据包对应的首传数据;The first method comprises: dividing a next source data packet to obtain a plurality of sub-blocks, adding a cyclic redundancy check CRC sequence to the plurality of sub-blocks, and performing channel coding on the sub-blocks after adding the CRC sequence respectively An original packet consisting of a plurality of channel coding blocks, performing packet coding on the original packet to obtain a verification packet, performing bit selection on the multiple channel coding block and the verification packet to obtain first transmission data corresponding to the source data packet;
    方式二、确定重传数据比特数目,根据所述重传数据比特数目从第一数据集合中选择所述重传数据,或者从第一数据集合和第二数据集合中选择所述重传数据;其中,所述第一数据集合至少包括校验包系统比特的比特集合; 所述第二数据集合至少包括原始包校验比特的比特集合;所述原始包包括多份数据包,所述校验包是对所述原始包进行包编码获得。Manner 2: determining a number of retransmitted data bits, selecting the retransmitted data from the first data set according to the number of retransmitted data bits, or selecting the retransmitted data from the first data set and the second data set; The first data set includes at least a bit set of a check packet system bit; The second data set includes at least a bit set of original packet check bits; the original packet includes a plurality of data packets, and the check packet is obtained by performing packet coding on the original packet.
  34. 如权利要求33所述的装置,其中,若所述解码结果错误,所述反馈信息用于指示所述发送端按照方式一或方式二进行数据处理;若所述解码结果正确,所述反馈信息用于指示所述发送端按照方式一进行数据处理。The device of claim 33, wherein the feedback information is used to indicate that the sending end performs data processing according to mode one or mode two if the decoding result is incorrect; if the decoding result is correct, the feedback information It is used to instruct the sending end to perform data processing according to the mode 1.
  35. 如权利要求33或34所述的装置,其中,所述反馈模块,还设置为:若所述接收的传输数据误码块率等于0,发送反馈信息0,用于指示发送端按方式一进行处理;在所述接收的传输数据误码块率不为0时,若所述接收的传输数据误码块率大于T(i-1)且小于或等于Ti,发送反馈信息i,用于指示重传数据比特数目等于Di;其中,Ti是预设阈值集合T的第i个元素,且T(i-1)<Ti,反馈信息i是预设反馈信息集合中第i个元素,Di是预设重传数据比特数目集合D中第i个元素,Di是大于0的整数,且D(i-1)<Di;预设阈值集合T包括a个元素且其中首和尾元素值分别等于0和1,预设反馈信息集合包括a个元素,预设重传数据比特数目集合包括a个元素,a是大于1的整数,所述误码块率是Q份接收传输数据中的所有误码块数目与所述Q份接收传输数据中所有信道编码块数目的比值,其中,Q是正整数。The device of claim 33 or 34, wherein the feedback module is further configured to: if the received transmission data error block rate is equal to 0, send feedback information 0, to indicate that the sending end performs according to mode one Processing, when the received transmission data error block rate is not 0, if the received transmission data error block rate is greater than T(i-1) and less than or equal to Ti, sending feedback information i for indicating The number of retransmitted data bits is equal to Di; where Ti is the i-th element of the preset threshold set T, and T(i-1)<Ti, the feedback information i is the i-th element in the preset feedback information set, and Di is Presetting the ith element of the set of retransmitted data bits D, Di is an integer greater than 0, and D(i-1)<Di; the preset threshold set T includes a elements and wherein the first and last element values are respectively equal to 0 and 1, the preset feedback information set includes a elements, the preset retransmission data bit number set includes a elements, a is an integer greater than 1, and the error block rate is all errors in the Q shares received transmission data. a ratio of the number of code blocks to the number of all channel coding blocks in the Q received transmission data, where Q is a positive integer .
  36. 一种数据传输处理方法,用于发送端,包括:A data transmission processing method for a transmitting end, comprising:
    接收接收端的反馈信息;Receiving feedback information of the receiving end;
    在接收端的反馈信息指示接收错误时,确定重传数据比特数目;根据所述重传数据比特数目从第一数据集合中选择重传数据,或者,从第一数据集合和第二数据集合中选择所述重传数据;Determining a number of retransmitted data bits when the feedback information at the receiving end indicates a receiving error; selecting retransmission data from the first data set according to the number of retransmitted data bits, or selecting from the first data set and the second data set Retransmitting data;
    其中,所述第一数据集合至少包括校验包系统比特的比特集合;所述第二数据集合至少包括原始包校验比特的比特集合;所述原始包包括多份数据包,所述校验包是对所述原始包进行包编码获得的。The first data set includes at least a bit set of a check packet system bit; the second data set includes at least a bit set of original packet check bits; the original packet includes a plurality of data packets, the check The packet is obtained by packet encoding the original packet.
  37. 如权利要求36所述的方法,所述方法还包括:在接收端的反馈信息指示数据接收正确时,或者,在接收端的反馈信息指示接收错误时,对下一个源数据包进行分割获得多份子数据块,对所述多份子数据块分别添加循环冗余校验CRC序列,对所述添加CRC序列后的子数据块分别进行信道编码获得由多份信道编码块构成的原始包,对所述原始包进行包编码获得校验包, 对所述多份信道编码块和校验包进行比特选择获得首传数据。The method according to claim 36, further comprising: when the feedback information at the receiving end indicates that the data is received correctly, or when the feedback information at the receiving end indicates the receiving error, dividing the next source data packet to obtain a plurality of sub-data a block, adding a cyclic redundancy check CRC sequence to the plurality of sub-blocks, performing channel coding on the sub-blocks after adding the CRC sequence to obtain an original packet composed of a plurality of channel coding blocks, for the original The packet is encoded by the packet to obtain a verification packet. Performing bit selection on the plurality of channel coding blocks and check packets to obtain first transmission data.
  38. 如权利要求36所述的方法,所述接收接收端的反馈信息之前,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 36, before the receiving the feedback information of the receiving end, the method further comprises:
    对一个源数据包进行分割获得多份子数据块,对所述多份子数据块分别添加循环冗余校验CRC序列,对所述添加CRC序列后的子数据块分别进行信道编码获得由多份信道编码块构成的原始包,对所述原始包进行包编码获得校验包,对所述多份信道编码块和校验包进行比特选择获得该源数据包对应的首传数据;Segmenting a source data packet to obtain a plurality of partial data data blocks, adding a cyclic redundancy check CRC sequence to the plurality of partial data data blocks, and separately performing channel coding on the sub-data blocks after adding the CRC sequence to obtain multiple channels Encoding the original packet, encoding the original packet to obtain a verification packet, performing bit selection on the multiple channel coding block and the verification packet to obtain first transmission data corresponding to the source data packet;
    传输获得的所述首传数据。Transmitting the obtained first pass data.
  39. 如权利要求36所述的方法,其中,当所述重传数据比特数目小于或者等于N0时,从第一数据集合中选择所述重传数据;The method of claim 36, wherein the retransmission data is selected from the first data set when the number of retransmitted data bits is less than or equal to N0;
    当所述重传数据比特数目大于N0时,从第一数据集合和第二数据集合中选择所述重传数据,根据以下至少之一确定重传数据中每份子校验包的比特数目和每份数据包的比特数目:首传数据总比特数目、原始包中数据包数目、原始包中任一数据包的比特数目、重传数据总比特数目、调制阶数、重传数据资源数目;其中,N0为正整数。 When the number of retransmitted data bits is greater than N0, the retransmission data is selected from the first data set and the second data set, and the number of bits and each bit of each sub-check packet in the retransmitted data is determined according to at least one of the following: Number of bits of the data packet: the total number of bits of the first transmission data, the number of data packets in the original packet, the number of bits of any data packet in the original packet, the total number of bits of retransmitted data, the modulation order, and the number of retransmitted data resources; , N0 is a positive integer.
PCT/CN2017/080294 2016-04-13 2017-04-12 Data transmission processing method and apparatus WO2017177926A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201610227740.8A CN107294652A (en) 2016-04-13 2016-04-13 A kind of data mixing retransmission processing method and device
CN201610227740.8 2016-04-13

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2017177926A1 true WO2017177926A1 (en) 2017-10-19

Family

ID=60041402

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2017/080294 WO2017177926A1 (en) 2016-04-13 2017-04-12 Data transmission processing method and apparatus

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN107294652A (en)
WO (1) WO2017177926A1 (en)

Cited By (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN109728877A (en) * 2017-10-27 2019-05-07 上海朗帛通信技术有限公司 A kind of user equipment for wireless communication, the method and apparatus in base station
CN110535558A (en) * 2019-07-24 2019-12-03 中兴通讯股份有限公司 A kind of data transmission method, device and storage medium
CN112039536A (en) * 2020-06-12 2020-12-04 中山大学 Adaptive polarization code coding and decoding method based on orthogonal frequency division multiplexing technology
CN115225197A (en) * 2021-04-16 2022-10-21 上海朗帛通信技术有限公司 Method and apparatus for wireless communication
CN115882876A (en) * 2023-02-16 2023-03-31 苏州浪潮智能科技有限公司 Data coding verification method, system, equipment, medium and circuit
CN116701274A (en) * 2023-07-26 2023-09-05 武汉能钠智能装备技术股份有限公司 Hot-plug hard disk data transmission system and method
CN116760513A (en) * 2023-08-17 2023-09-15 上海朗力半导体有限公司 Data transmission method and related device thereof
CN117221894A (en) * 2023-11-09 2023-12-12 湖南雷诺科技发展有限公司 Big data-based 5G communication transmission method

Families Citing this family (22)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN109756307B (en) 2017-11-02 2020-11-17 华为技术有限公司 Data retransmission method and device
CN109756299B (en) * 2017-11-04 2021-01-26 上海朗帛通信技术有限公司 Method and device in user equipment and base station for wireless communication
WO2019095362A1 (en) * 2017-11-20 2019-05-23 Qualcomm Incorporated Techniques and apparatuses for hybrid automatic repeat request design of polar codes for ultra-reliable low latency communications
CN108494523B (en) * 2018-01-31 2020-02-14 北京航空航天大学 Multi-CRC coding method of Polar code
CN110278609A (en) * 2018-03-16 2019-09-24 诺基亚技术有限公司 The method, apparatus and computer storage medium of link adaptation are used in communication system
EP3570477B1 (en) 2018-03-23 2021-09-01 Guangdong Oppo Mobile Telecommunications Corp., Ltd. Method and apparatus for retransmission processing
US11146363B2 (en) * 2018-04-13 2021-10-12 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Systems and methods for HARQ retransmission using an outer code
CN110535554B (en) * 2018-05-25 2020-11-06 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 Data block coding and decoding method and device
CN109347607A (en) * 2018-10-17 2019-02-15 中国科学院自动化研究所 High efficient and reliable transmission control method and system
CN109586846A (en) * 2018-11-20 2019-04-05 湖南晨威高科有限公司 Mainboard and from the communication means between plate inside a kind of direct-current charging post
CN111262647B (en) * 2018-11-30 2021-08-03 华为技术有限公司 Data transmission method and device
CN112311402B (en) * 2019-07-31 2023-04-18 华为技术有限公司 Encoding method, apparatus, device and computer readable storage medium
US11405057B2 (en) 2019-10-28 2022-08-02 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. System and method for hybrid-ARQ
CN110995397A (en) * 2019-11-15 2020-04-10 深圳职业技术学院 Reliable information processing method in Internet of things
CN115104269B (en) * 2020-02-04 2023-05-05 哲库科技有限公司 Uplink retransmission with compact memory usage
CN113541857A (en) * 2020-04-17 2021-10-22 华为技术有限公司 Coding method and communication device
CN113726475A (en) * 2020-05-26 2021-11-30 华为技术有限公司 Code block processing method and device
CN111917531B (en) * 2020-07-28 2023-04-18 厦门亿联网络技术股份有限公司 Single-wire bidirectional communication system and communication method thereof
CN112737731B (en) * 2020-12-23 2022-10-28 上海微波技术研究所(中国电子科技集团公司第五十研究所) Data retransmission method and system based on HARQ
WO2023137720A1 (en) * 2022-01-21 2023-07-27 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Methods and apparatuses for network coding-based harq retransmission with scrambling
CN117200934A (en) * 2022-05-27 2023-12-08 华为技术有限公司 Communication method and device
CN116579551B (en) * 2023-04-28 2023-12-08 广东技术师范大学 Intelligent management system and method based on intelligent manufacturing

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN102484484A (en) * 2009-08-25 2012-05-30 富士通株式会社 Transmitter, encoding device, receiver, and decoding device
WO2013081414A1 (en) * 2011-11-30 2013-06-06 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Apparatus and method of transmiting/receiving broadcast data
CN105306165A (en) * 2014-06-23 2016-02-03 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Data transmission method and device
WO2016045391A1 (en) * 2014-09-24 2016-03-31 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Method and device for data transmission

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN102484484A (en) * 2009-08-25 2012-05-30 富士通株式会社 Transmitter, encoding device, receiver, and decoding device
WO2013081414A1 (en) * 2011-11-30 2013-06-06 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Apparatus and method of transmiting/receiving broadcast data
CN105306165A (en) * 2014-06-23 2016-02-03 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Data transmission method and device
WO2016045391A1 (en) * 2014-09-24 2016-03-31 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Method and device for data transmission

Cited By (13)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN109728877B (en) * 2017-10-27 2021-07-27 上海朗帛通信技术有限公司 Method and device in user equipment and base station for wireless communication
CN109728877A (en) * 2017-10-27 2019-05-07 上海朗帛通信技术有限公司 A kind of user equipment for wireless communication, the method and apparatus in base station
CN110535558A (en) * 2019-07-24 2019-12-03 中兴通讯股份有限公司 A kind of data transmission method, device and storage medium
CN112039536A (en) * 2020-06-12 2020-12-04 中山大学 Adaptive polarization code coding and decoding method based on orthogonal frequency division multiplexing technology
CN115225197B (en) * 2021-04-16 2024-01-23 上海朗帛通信技术有限公司 Method and apparatus for wireless communication
CN115225197A (en) * 2021-04-16 2022-10-21 上海朗帛通信技术有限公司 Method and apparatus for wireless communication
CN115882876A (en) * 2023-02-16 2023-03-31 苏州浪潮智能科技有限公司 Data coding verification method, system, equipment, medium and circuit
CN116701274A (en) * 2023-07-26 2023-09-05 武汉能钠智能装备技术股份有限公司 Hot-plug hard disk data transmission system and method
CN116701274B (en) * 2023-07-26 2023-11-17 武汉能钠智能装备技术股份有限公司 Hot-plug hard disk data transmission system and method
CN116760513B (en) * 2023-08-17 2023-11-14 上海朗力半导体有限公司 Data transmission method and related device thereof
CN116760513A (en) * 2023-08-17 2023-09-15 上海朗力半导体有限公司 Data transmission method and related device thereof
CN117221894A (en) * 2023-11-09 2023-12-12 湖南雷诺科技发展有限公司 Big data-based 5G communication transmission method
CN117221894B (en) * 2023-11-09 2024-01-12 湖南雷诺科技发展有限公司 Big data-based 5G communication transmission method

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN107294652A (en) 2017-10-24

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2017177926A1 (en) Data transmission processing method and apparatus
WO2017133580A1 (en) Data packet coding processing method and device, base station, and user equipment
US10826539B2 (en) Method and system for advanced outer coding
KR102343666B1 (en) Redundant Version Design Solutions in Communication Systems
US10903857B2 (en) Data retransmission method for polar code, and device therefor
CN105306165B (en) Data transmission method for uplink and device
US8086929B2 (en) Method of executing LDPC coding using parity check matrix
WO2016045391A1 (en) Method and device for data transmission
US11742987B2 (en) Method and apparatus for processing information, communications device, and communications system
US8145974B2 (en) Virtual limited buffer modification for rate matching
US20050149841A1 (en) Channel coding/decoding apparatus and method using a parallel concatenated low density parity check code
CN111919406B (en) System and method for HARQ retransmission using outer codes
US20080168332A1 (en) Fec code and code rate selection based on packet size
US10116332B2 (en) Method for configuring circular buffer including outer code parity and apparatus therefor
JP2024029096A (en) Method and apparatus for processing LDPC encoded data
WO2017215382A1 (en) Data transmission method, device and system
CN113273084B (en) Data retransmission in wireless networks
US11936480B2 (en) Apparatus and methods for HARQ in a wireless network
CN109428670A (en) A kind of data error method of calibration and device, computer storage medium
CN110048802B (en) Data transmission method, device and system
Lin et al. An adaptive hybrid ARQ scheme with constant packet lengths
Yatribi et al. Hybrid automatic repeat request protocols: Turbo-Codes against Cyclic Binary low-density parity-check codes
WO2022036657A1 (en) Permutated extension and shortened low density parity check codes for hybrid automatic repeat request
WO2023050102A1 (en) Methods and appratuses for wireless communication retransmission using check blocks generated according to subblock interleavers
TWI784732B (en) Methods and apparatus for enabling data transmission using harq

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 17781902

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 17781902

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1